Table Of Contents
MGX 8800 Series Command Line Interface
?
abort
acqdsx3bert
addapsln
addaimgrp
addcdrscprtn
addchan
addchanloop
addcon
addendpt
addimagrp
addlink
addlmiloop
addln
addlnloop
addlns2aimgrp
addport
addred
addrscprtn
addserialif
addtrapmgr
addtrk
adduser
agetrapmgr
aimhelp
arpAdd
arpDelete
arpFlush
arpShow
bootChange
bye
cc
cd
clraimgrpcnt
clraimlncnt
clrallcnf
clralm
clralmcnt
clralmcnts
clralms
clratmlncnt
clratmlncnts
clrbertcntrs
clrcderrs
clrchancnt
clrchancnts
clrconcnt
clrconcnts
clrerr
clrifcnt
clrifcnts
clrimagrpcnt
clrimalncnt
clrlmistats
clrlog
clrmsgcnt
clrportcnt
clrportcnts
clrsarcnt
clrsarcnts
clrscrn
clrslftst
clrsmcnf
clrsrmcnf
cmdhistory
cnfaimgrp
cnfapsln
cnfatmln
cnfbctype
cnfbert
cnfcbclk
cnfcdprtntype
cnfcdrscprtn
cnfchan
cnfchaneir
cnfchancacoff
cnfchanegressq
cnfchanfst
cnfchaningressq
cnfchanmap
cnfchanpol
cnfchanq
cnfchansrvrate
cnfclksrc
cnfcon
cnfdate
cnfdsx3bert
cnfegrservtype
cnfextclk
cnfenetgw
cnffst
cnfif
cnfifastrk
cnfifip
cnfilmi
cnfimagrp
cnfln
cnflnsubrate
cnfname
cnfoamlpbk
cnfpasswd
cnfplpp
cnfport
cnfportcllm
cnfportq
cnfportrscprtn
cnfprfparam
cnfrscprtn
cnfserialif
cnfslftst
cnfsnmp
cnfsrmclksrc
cnfstatsmgr
cnfswfunc
cnftime
cnftmzn
cnftmzngmt
cnftrafficgen
cnftrapip
cnftrk
cnfupcabr
cnfupccbr
cnfupcubr
cnfupcvbr
cnfvismip
commit
copy
cp
cth
copychans
copyports
cvsi
dcct
dcondb
del
delaimgrp
delapsln
delbert
delcdrscprtn
delchan
delchanloop
delchans
delcon
deldsx3bert
delifip
dellink
dellmiloop
delln
dellnloop
dellnsfmaimgrp
delport
delports
delred
delrscprtn
delslotlink
deltrapmgr
deltree
deluser
dir
dlmi
dnif
dnilmi
downloadflash
dnport
dspaimgrp
dspaimgrpcnt
dspaimgrps
dspaimlncnt
dspalm
dspalmcnf
dspalmcnt
dspalms
dspapscfg
dspapsln
dspatmlncnf
dspatmlncnt
dspbctype
dspbert
dspcbclk
dspcd
dspcderrs
dspcdprtntype
dspcdrscprtn
dspcds
dspchan
dspchancnt
dspchanmap
dspchans
dspchstats
dspclkinfo
dspclksrc
dspcon
dspconcnt
dspcons
dspcurclk
dspdsx3bert
dspegrq
dspegrqs
dspegrservtype
dspenetgw
dsperr
dspfeature
dspfst
dspfw
dspfwrevs
dsphotstandby
dspif
dspifcnt
dspifip
dspifrsc
dspifs
dspilmi
dspilmicnt
dspilmis
dspimagrp
dspimagrpcnt
dspimagrps
dspimainfo
dspimalncnt
dsplink
dsplmiloop
dsplmistats
dspln
dsplnrsc
dsplns
dsploads
dsplog
dsplogs
dspmaptbl
dspmsgcnt
dspname
dspnwip
dspoamlpbk
dsponoff
dspparifs
dspplpp
dspport
dspportcnt
dspportq
dspportqs
dspportrscprtn
dspports
dspportstats
dspprf
dspprfhist
dspred
dsprscprtn
dsprscprtns
dspsarchans
dspsarcnt
dspsarcnts
dspserialif
dspservrate
dspshelfalm
dspslftst
dspslftsttbl
dspslotlink
dspsmcnf
dspsnmp
dspsrmclksrc
dspstatparms
dspswfunc
dspsysparm
dsptotals
dsptrafficgen
dsptrapip
dsptrapmgr
dsptrkcnf
dsptrkload
dsptrks
dspunit391
dspupgrade
dspusers
dspver
dspvismip
dth
dvsi
exit
formatdisk
help
history
ifShow
install
logout
ls
memShow
mkdir
modbert
moddsx3bert
mv
myid
newrev
pagemode
passwd
ping
printrev
pwd
remove
rename
resetcd
resetsys
restoreallcnf
restoreallcnf
rnmnd
routeShow
routestatShow
rstupgrade
runslftstno
saveallcnf
sesntimeout
shutdisk
softswitch
startdsx3bert
switchapsln
switchback
switchcc
syncdisk
timeout
tstcon
tstconseg
tstdelay
uncnfifastrk
upif
upport
users
version
who
whoami
xaddcon
xclrchancnt
xclrportcnt
xcnfalm
xcnfalmcnt
xcnfbert
xcnfdsx3bert
xcnfif
xcnfifip
xcnfilmi
xcnfln
xcnfport
xcnfportq
xcnfred
xcnfrscprtn
xcnfsrmlink
xcnftrapmgr
xdelcon
xdnport
xdspchan
xdspchancnt
xdspchans
xdspcon
xdspcons
xdspdsx3bert
xdspilmi
xdspln
xdsplns
xdspport
xdspportcnt
xdspportq
xdspportqs
xdspports
xdspred
xdspshelf
xdspsrmlink
xdsptrapmgr
xdspusers
xupport
MGX 8800 Series Command Line Interface
The preferred tools for configuring, monitoring, and controlling an MGX 8800 series switch are the CiscoView and Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) applications for equipment management and connection management, respectively. (The Cisco WAN Manager application is the former Cisco StrataView Plus application with the equipment management removed.) The command line interface (CLI) also provides access to an MGX 8800 series switch and is highly applicable during initial installation, troubleshooting, and any situation where low-level control is useful.
The MGX 8800 series commands in the tables that follow are divided by major functional group. Each table shows the complete name of the command and the cards for which the command is valid. For further reference, check the Installation and Configuration document for your specific switch type. The Installation and Configuration document provides conceptual information about how the Cisco MGX 8800 series switches can best implement network services in your network configuration. Examples of usage for the more common commands appear in the configuration chapters of this manual.
The command line prompt shows the name of the switch, the number of the switch (which is always "1"), the slot number and type for the current card, and whether the card is in the active ("a") or standby state ("s"). The following is an example of the command line prompt:
excel.1.6.AUSM.a >
In this case, the current card is an active AUSM in slot 6, and the name of the node is "excel."
The command notation and argument parameters follow standard programming convention: a space separates the command and each parameter; variables have an italicized typeface; required arguments appear within "<>" marks; optional parameters appear within square brackets ("[ ]"); and a vertical bar (|) represents the logical OR function.
Note
You must type all command arguments then press Return or Enter rather than enter one parameter at a time.
When you enter a command with no parameters, a usage message appears. This message shows syntax and ranges for the applicable command parameters.
The list of commands for the common equipment cards PXM and SRM appear in . These commands are available when you log into the PXM. The Portable AutoRoute (PAR) commands appear in . Applicable service module commands become available when you switch to a card by executing the cc command. The list of service module commands appear in . Many commands apply to both the common equipment cards and the service modules.
Table 1-1 PXM Commands
Command
|
Description
|
PXM Shelf Group
|
addtrapmgr
|
Add Trap Manager
|
agetrapmgr
|
Age Trap Manager
|
clrcderrs
|
Clear Card Errors in BRAM
|
clrmsgcnt
|
Clear Control Message Counter
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Network Clock Source
|
cnfstatsmgr
|
Configure Statistics Manager
|
cnftrapmgr
|
Configure/Add/Delete Trap Managers
|
deltrapmgr
|
Delete Trap Manager
|
dspcd
|
Display Card
|
dspcderrs
|
Display Card Errors in BRAM
|
dspcds
|
Display Cards
|
dspclksrc
|
Display Clock Sources
|
dspfwrevs
|
Display Firmware Revisions
|
dspmsgcnt
|
Display Control Message Counter
|
dspsarcnts
|
Display SAR Counters
|
dspsmcnf
|
Display Service Module Configuration
|
dspstatparms
|
Display Statistics Alarms
|
dsptrapmgr
|
Display Trap Manager
|
dsptrapmgrs
|
Display Trap Managers
|
resetcd
|
Reset Card
|
switchcc
|
Switch Core Cards
|
version
|
Version (displays version data for a card)
|
xcnftrapmgr
|
Configure Trap Manager
|
xdsptrapmgr
|
Display Trap Manager
|
PXM User Group
|
adduser
|
Add User
|
cc
|
Change Card
|
clrscrn
|
Clear Terminal Screen
|
clrlog
|
Clear Event/Message Log
|
cnfpwd
|
Configure Password
|
deluser
|
Delete User
|
dsplog
|
Display Event/Message Log
|
dspusers
|
Display Users
|
Help
|
Help (list of commands per card)
|
users
|
Users
|
PXM Node Group
|
cnfname
|
Configure Shelf Name
|
cnfdate
|
Configure Date
|
cnftime
|
Configure Time
|
cnftmzn
|
Configure Time Zone
|
cnftmzngmt
|
Configure Time Zone to GMT
|
cnfifip
|
Configure Interface IP Address
|
delifip
|
Delete Interface IP Address
|
dspifip
|
Display LAN interface IP
|
PXM Redundancy Group
|
addred
|
Add Redundancy
|
delred
|
Delete Redundancy
|
dspfeature
|
Display Feature
|
dspred
|
Display Redundancy
|
softswitch
|
Soft Switch
|
switchback
|
Switch Back
|
PXM Broadband Interface Group
|
addrscprtn
|
Add Resource Partition
|
clratmlncnt
|
Clear an ATM Line's Counters
|
clratmlncnts
|
Clear All ATM Line Counters
|
clrifcnt
|
Clear Counters for a Broadband Interace
|
clrifcnts
|
Clear All Counters for a Broadband Interface
|
cnfatmln
|
Configure ATM Line
|
cnfcdrscprtn
|
Configure Card Resource Partition
|
cnfif
|
Configure a Broadband Interface
|
cnfrscprtn
|
Configure Resource Partition
|
cnfsvclcn
|
Configure SVC LCNs
|
cnfsvcrange
|
Configure SVC Range
|
dnif
|
Disable the Broadband Interface
|
dspatmlncnf
|
Display ATM Line Configuration
|
dspcdrscprt
|
Display Card Resource Partition
|
dspcdrsctype
|
Display Card Resource Type
|
dspif
|
Display Interface
|
dspifcnt
|
Display Interface Count
|
dspifrsc
|
Display Interface Resource
|
dspifs
|
Display Interfaces
|
dsplnrsc
|
Display Line Resource
|
dsprscprtns
|
Display All Resource Partitions
|
dspsvcrange
|
Display SVC Range
|
upif
|
Add a broadband interface on the PXM
|
PXM Alarm Group
|
clralm
|
Clear Line Alarms
|
clralmcnt
|
Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics
|
dspalm
|
Display Alarms for a Line
|
dspalms
|
Display All Alarms on Card
|
dspalmcnf
|
Display Alarm Threshold Configuration
|
dspalmcnt
|
Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)
|
dspshelfalm
|
Display Shelf Alarms
|
PXM Line Group
|
addapsln
|
Add APS on a Line
|
addln
|
Add Line
|
delln
|
Delete Line
|
dspln
|
Display Line Configuration
|
dsplns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
dspsrmlns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
PXM Channel Group
|
clrsarcnt
|
Clear SAR Counters
|
dspsarcnt
|
Display SAR Counters
|
dspservrate
|
Display Service Rate
|
SRM-3T3 Group
|
addlink
|
Add an SRM-3T3 T3 link to a T1slot and line
|
clrsrmcnf
|
Clear SRM-3T3 configuration
|
cnfsrmclksrc
|
Configure SRM-3T3 clock source
|
dellink
|
Delete an SRM-3T3 T3 link to a T1slot and line
|
delslotlnk
|
Delete a link from a T1 slot
|
dsplink
|
Display an SRM-3T3 T3 link to a T1slot and line
|
dspslotlnk
|
Display a link in a T1 slot
|
dspsrmclksrc
|
Display SRM-3T3 clock source
|
PXM Self-Test Group
|
clrslftst
|
Clear Self-Test
|
dspslftsttble
|
Display Self-Test Table
|
PXM BERT Group
|
cnfbert
xcnfbert
|
Configure BERT session parameters
|
delbert
|
Stop the current BERT session
|
dspbert
|
Display results of BERT session
|
modbert
|
Inject bit errors into the current BERT session
|
Table 1-2 Portable AutoRoute (PAR) Commands
Command
|
Description
|
addtrk
|
Add Trunk
|
clrerr
|
Clear Error Log
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Clock Source
|
cnfcmparm
|
Configure Connection Manager Parameters
|
cnfifastrk
|
Configure Interface as Trunk
|
cnfname
|
Configure Node Name
|
cnfnwip
|
Configure Network IP Address
|
cnfswfunc
|
Configure Software Function
|
cnfsysparm
|
Configure System Parameters
|
cnftrk
|
Configure Trunk
|
deltrk
|
Delete Trunk
|
dspcmparm
|
Display Connection Manager Parameters
|
dspcon
|
Display a Connection
|
dspcons
|
Display Connections
|
dsperr
|
Display Error Log
|
dspload
|
Display Load
|
dspmnup
|
Display Mandatory Update Parameters
|
dspname
|
Display Nodename
|
dspnw
|
Display Network
|
dspnwcons
|
Display Network Connections
|
dspnwip
|
Display Network IP Address
|
dspswfunc
|
Display Software Functions
|
dspsysparm
|
Display System Parameters
|
dsptrkcnf
|
Display Trunk Configuration
|
dsptrkcons
|
Display Trunk Connections
|
dsptrkload
|
Display Trunk Load
|
dsptrkmcons
|
Display Trunk Management Connections
|
dsptrks
|
Display Trunks
|
uncnfifastrk
|
Unconfigure Interface Trunk
|
Table 1-3 Service Module (SM) Commands
Command
|
Description
|
FRSM
|
AUSM
|
CESM
|
VISM
|
CESM-T3E3
|
SM Shelf Group
|
|
|
|
|
clrcderrs
|
Clear Card Errors in BRAM
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrmsgcnt
|
Clear Control Message Counter
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
clrsmcnf
|
Clear Service Module Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
cnfcdrscprtn
|
Configure Card Resource Partition
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Network Clock Source
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnffst
|
Configure ForeSight
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfsvcrange
|
Configure SVC Range
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspcd
|
Display Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspcderrs
|
Display Card Errors in BRAM
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspcdrscprtn
|
Display Card Resource Partition
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspclksrc
|
Display Clock Sources
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspmsgcnt
|
Display Control Message Counter
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspsmcnf
|
Display Service Module Configuration
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
dspstatparms
|
Display Statistics Parameters
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
dsptotals
|
Display Totals
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
resetcd
|
Reset Card
|
|
|
|
|
|
version
|
Version (displays card version data)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
SM User Group
|
|
|
|
|
cc
|
Change Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
clrscrn
|
Clear Terminal Screen
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
dspmaptbl
|
Display Map Table
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
Help
|
Help (list of commands per card)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
Alarm Group
|
|
|
|
|
clralm
|
Clear Line Alarms
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clralmcnt
|
Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clralms
|
Clear All Alarms on the Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalm
|
Display Alarms for a Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalmcnf
|
Display Alarm Threshold Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalmcnt
|
Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalms
|
Display All Alarms on Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
SM Line Group
|
|
|
|
|
addln
|
Add Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
addlnloop
|
Add Line Loop
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
cnfds3ln
|
Configure DS3 Line
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
cnfln
|
Configure Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
cnfplpp
|
Configure PLPP Parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
delln
|
Delete Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dellnloop
|
Delete Line Loop
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspds3ln
|
Display a DS3 Line
|
|
|
|
|
|
dspds3lns
|
Display DS3 Lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
dspln
|
Display Line Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dsplns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
Port Group
|
|
|
|
|
addport
|
Add Port
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
clrportcnt
|
Clear Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrportcnts
|
Clear All Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfegrq
|
Configure Egress Queue
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
cnfilmi
|
Configure ILMI
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfport
|
Configure FR Port(s)
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfportcllm
|
Configure Port CLLM Parameters
|
X
|
|
|
|
X
|
cnfportq
|
Configure AUSM port queue
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
copyports
|
Copy Port Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
delport
|
Delete FRSM or AUSM Port
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
delports
|
Delete Port Configurations
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
dnport
|
Down Port
|
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
dspegrq
|
Display Egress Queue
|
|
|
|
|
|
dspegrqs
|
Display Egress Queues
|
|
|
|
|
|
dspilmi
|
Display ILMI
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspilmicnt
|
Display ILMI Counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspport
|
Display Port Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspportcnt
|
Display FR Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspportq
|
Display Port Queue
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspportqs
|
Display Port Queues
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspports
|
Display All Ports
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspportstats
|
Display Port Statistics
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
upport
|
Up Port
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
SM Channel Group
|
|
|
|
|
addchan
|
Add Channel
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
addchanloop
|
Add a Channel Loopback
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
clrchancnt
|
Clear Channel Counter for FRSM or AUSM Channels
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
clrsarcnts
|
Clear SAR Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfchancaoff
|
Configure Channel Admission Control Off
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
clrchancnts
|
Clear Channel Counter for all FR Channels
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfchanegressq
|
Configure Channel Egress Queue
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
cnfchanfst
|
Configure Channel ForeSight
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfchaningressq
|
Configure Channel Ingress Queue
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
cnfchanmap
|
Configure Channel Map
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfchanpol
|
Configure Channel Policing
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
cnfchanq
|
Configure Channel Queue
|
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
copychans
|
Copy Channel Configurations
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
delchan
|
Delete Channel(s)
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
delchanloop
|
Delete a Channel Loopback
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
delchans
|
Delete Channels
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
dspchan
|
Display Channel Configuration
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspchancnt
|
Display Channel Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
dspchans
|
Display All Channels
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
|
dspchstats
|
Display Channel Statistics
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
dspsarcnt
|
Display SAR Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
SM Connection Group
|
|
|
|
|
addcon
|
Add Connection
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
cnfupcabr
|
Configure UPC for ABR
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfupccbr
|
Configure UPC for CBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfupcubr
|
Configure UPC for UBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfupcvbr
|
Configure UPC for VBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
delcon
|
Delete Connection
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
dspcon
|
Display a Connection
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
dspcons
|
Display Connections
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
dsploads
|
Display Loads
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
tstcon
|
Test Connection
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
tstconseg
|
Test Connection Segment
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
SM Self-Test Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clrslftst
|
Clear Self-Test
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
dspslftsttble
|
Display Self-Test Table
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
SM BERT Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acqdsx3bert
|
Acquire BERT
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
clrbertcntrs
|
Remove BERT counters
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfdsx3bert
xcnfdsx3bert
|
Configure BERT parameters
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
deldsx3bert
|
Stop BERT test session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspdsx3bert
xdspdsx3bert
|
Display BERT results
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
moddsx3bert
|
Inject bit errors into BERT session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
startdsx3bert
|
Begin the BERT session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
IMA Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
addimagrp
|
Set up a new IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
addlns2imagrp
|
Add lines to IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrimagrpcnt
|
Delete IMA Group counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrimalncnt
|
Delete line counters of IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrimatst
|
Stop IMA Group test
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfimaalmparm
|
Configure IMA Group alarm parameters for IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfimagrp
|
Configure IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfimatst
|
Configure testing for IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
delimagrp
|
Remove IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
delnsfmimagrp
|
Remove lines from IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimaalmparm
|
Display IMA alarm parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimagrp
|
Display IMA Group configuration
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimagrpcnt
|
Display current IMA Group counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimagrps
|
Display all IMA Groups
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimaln
|
Display IMA Group line
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimalncnt
|
Display lines counters of IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspimatst
|
Display IMA Group test parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
?
Use the ? command to view all commands associated with the current card, and to view a list of commands associated with a truncated command entry.
Full Name
Help
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
? [command]
Syntax Description
command
|
Full or partial name of the command.
|
Related Commands
help
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any User
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
View all commands associated with a partial command entry string
•
View all commands associated with the current card
Example 1-1 View all commands associated with a partial command entry string
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ? con
Example 1-2 View all commands associated with the current card
System response for the ? command is identical to that when executing the help command. See the examples in the help section beginning on page 462.
abort
Use the abort command to stop the upgrade process and retun to the previous firmware version.
•
Using abort after a newrev returns the PXM to the original firmware image.
•
Using abort after install resets the PXM(s) to their original states.
See to see the relationship of the abort command compared with other firmware commands.
Figure 1-1 Firmware-related Commands
Full Name
Abort
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
abort <version>
Syntax Description
version
|
Original firmware version.
|
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, printrev, commit, copy, install
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any User
Example 1-3 Abort loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
abort command completed ok
This card will be reset, the other will become active.
Example 1-4 Errors loading firmware (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > abort 1.1.11
cannot be in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade newrev' or 'upgrade
ERR: command "abort" failed
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the old version 1.1.10aa
ERR: command "abort" failed
acqdsx3bert
Use the acqdsx3bert command to find out if a BERT session already exists on the selected
MGX 8800 series switch bay.
Full Name
Acquire DS3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3
Syntax
acqdsx3bert
Related Commands
cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any User
Example 1-5 Acquire the current BERT session
NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a > acqdsx3bert
NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a >
addapsln
Use the addapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) on a specified line for the current PXM.
APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.
To set APS parameters, use the cnfapsln command following the addapsln command.
Full Name
Add APS to a Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addapsln <workline> <workslot> <protectline> <protectslot> <archmode>
Syntax Description
workline
|
Slot number of the PXM. Enter the value 7 or 8.
|
workslot
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to set APS.
• OC-3 range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
protectline
|
Protection line number.
• OC-3 range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
protectslot
|
Protection slot number: Enter the value 7 or 8.
|
archmode
|
Value to set APS architect mode to be used on the working/protection line pairs.
• 1 = 1+1 one backcard
• 2 = 1+1 two backcards
• 3 = 1:1 one backcard
• 4 = 1+1 Annex B
|
Related Commands
cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-6 Add APS Protection line 1 on slot 8 to APS Working line1 on slot 7. Set the APS architect mode on the working/protection line pair to 1+1.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addapsln 1 7 1 8 2
addaimgrp
Use the addaimgrp command to set an AIMUX group on the current AUSM.
Full Name
Add IMA Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addaimgrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_links> minNumLinks
Syntax Description
group_num
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
port_type
|
Value to set UNI or NNI port type.
• 1 = UNI
• 2 = NNI
|
list_of_links
|
List of physical lines, in the range 1-8, to be included in "aimux_grp." Type a period ("dot") between each line in the string to delineate each member of the AIMUX group.
|
minNumLinks
|
Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
delaimgrp, cnfaimgrps, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Note
There should not be any ATM UNI ports established with the same "port_n" since ATM ports and AIMUX groups both share the same set of port numbers.
Example 1-7 Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5
spirit4.1.18.PXM.a > addaimgrp 2 3.4.5
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
addcdrscprtn
Use the addcdrscprtn command to set card-level resource partitions.
Note
This command applies only if the card partition type is controllerBased.
The resource you can partition at the card level is the number of connections available to a network controller such as PAR.
With card-level partitioning:
•
The number of connections available at each port is the same.
•
You can specify the number of connections available to each controller or let them compete for connections at each port.
describes the effects of each of three usages of addcdrscprtn.
Table 1-4 Degrees of Card-Level Resource Partitioning
Command
|
Description
|
addcdrscprtn off
|
Card-level partitioning is inactive. You must partition resources at the port level. (See also cnfportrscprtn.)
|
addcdrscprtn on
|
Default.
Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller. Each controller therefore competes for the connections.
|
addcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>
|
Same as addcdrscprtn, except x, y, and z represent the number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.
Note that PNNI is always 0 in MGX 8800 Release 1.
|
In addition to the definitions in , note the following characteristics of this command:
•
If you specify that card-level partitioning is off (addcdrscprtn off), port-level partitioning is mandatory (cnfportrscprtn).
•
If you do not execute addcdrscprtn, the default state of addcdrscprtn on is in effect.
•
If you specify card-level partitioning (addcdrscprtn on x y z), port-level partitioning (cnfportrscprtn) is an option you can use to further modify the partitioning on a port.
Full Name
Add Card Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
addcdrscprtn <ctrlr_num> <num_lcns>
Syntax Description
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
num_lcns
|
Number of available GLCNs, in the range 0 - 32767.
|
Syntax: FRSM
addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>
Syntax Description
controller
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR/PVC
• 2 = PNNI/SPVC
• 3 = TAG
|
numOfLcnAvail
|
Maximum number of LCNs, in the range appropriate for the card.
• 2CT3 range = 1-4000
• 2T3 range = 1-2000
• 2E3 range = 1-2000
• HS2 range = 1-2000
|
Syntax: CESM
addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>
Syntax Description
controller
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR/PVC
• 2 = PNNI/SPVC
• 3 = TAG
|
numOfLcnAvail
|
Maximum number of LCNs, in the range 0-248.
|
Related Commands
cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn, cnfcdrsctype
Example 1-8 On the current PXM, change the card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. Note that the value for PNNI currently is 0.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000
addchan
Use the addchan command to configure channels on the current PXM, FRSM, AUSM, or CESM. The syntax for using addchan on an AUSM differs from that used on all other cards. See page 1-Syntax: AUSM for guidelines.
Full Name
Add Channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM (8T1/E1, HS1/B, VHS), AUSM, CESM
Related Commands
delchan, dspchan, dspchans
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Syntax: PXM
addchan <LCN> <if_num> <conn_type> <vpi> <vci> <serv_type> <y_vpi> <y_vci> <y_nsap> <chan_master>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
Logical connection number, in the range 16-4111.
|
if_num
|
Number of the logical interface port that receives connection traffic, in the range 1-32.
|
conn_type
|
Value to set VPC or VCC connection type.
• 1 = VPC (Virtual Path Connection)
• 2 = VCC (Virtual Channel Connection)
|
vpi
|
VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
vci
|
VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
serv_type
|
Value to set service type.
• 1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
• 2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
• 3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
• 4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
• 5 = VBR-RT (Variable Bit Rate-Real Time Class)
|
y_vpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
y_vci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
y_nsap
|
Remote Network Service Access Point (NSAP) value, in the format node.slot.port. An NSAP is the point at which OSI Network Service is made available to a transport layer (Layer 4) entity.
|
chan_master
|
Value to set status of local endpoint as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
Syntax: FRSM-8T1/E1
addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
port
|
Port number for T1 or E1.
• T1 range = 1-192
• E1 range = 1-248
|
dlci
|
DLCI (data-link connection identifier) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
CIR (committed information rate) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.
• T1 range = 0-1536000
• E1 range = 0-204800
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
• 1 = NIW
• 2 = SIW-transparent
• 3 = SIW-translation
• 4 = FUNI
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
CAC
|
Value to enable or disable CAC (Connection Admission Control).
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as the master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <dlci_num> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• X.21 range = 1-4
• HSSI range = 1-2
|
dlci_num
|
Data-Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
CIR (Committed Information Rate) value, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps
• HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
• 1 = NIW
• 2 = SIW-transparent
• 3 = SIW-translation
• 4 = FUNI
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
CAC
|
Value to enable or disable CAC (Connection Admission Control).
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set current end as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: FRSM-VHS
addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> <serv_type> [CAC_enable] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4015.
|
port
|
Port number, in the range 1-256.
|
dlci
|
Data-Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
CIR (Committed Information Rate) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.
• T1 range = 0-1536000
• E1 range = 0-2048000
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
• 1 = NIW
• 2 = SIW-transparent
• 3 = SIW-translation
• 4 = FUNI
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
serv_type
|
Value to set service type.
• 1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
• 2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
• 3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
• 4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
CAC_enable
|
Value to enable or disable CAC (Connection Admission Control).
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set current end as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: AUSM
addchan <channel number> <connection type> <port number> <vpi> <vci> <service type> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
connection type
|
Value to set connection type as either VPC (Virtual Path Connection) or VCC (Virtual Path Connection).
• 1 = VPC
• 2 = VCC
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
vpi
|
Virtual Path Indicator (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.
|
vci
|
Virtual Channel Indicator (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
service type
|
Value to set service type.
• 1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
• 2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
• 3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
• 4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote end point.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Example 1-9 Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addchan 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <sig_type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signalling> [mastership | locnsap | rmtvpi | rmtvci | rmtnsap]
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number, in the range 32-279.
|
port
|
Port number for T1 or E1.
• T1 range = 1-192
• E1 range = 1-248
|
sig_type
|
Value to set type of signaling to be used. All channels on a line should have the same value.
• 1 = basic
• 2 = E1 CAS
• 3 = DS1 superframe CAS
• 4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS
|
partial_fill
|
Number of bytes to partially fill a cell for different lines.
• 0 = a fully filled cell (default)
• 20-47 = cells for structured E1
• 25-47 = for structured T1
• 33-47 = for unstructured T1 or E1
|
cond_data
|
Value to set data-conditioning for either UDT or SDT.
• UDT = 255
• SDT range = 0-255
|
cond_sig
|
Condition signal, in the range 0-15.
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave (default)
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote end point.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <cond_sig> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number. Enter the value 32.
|
port
|
Port number. Enter the value 1.
|
cond_sig
|
Condition signal number, in the range 0-15.
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the current end as master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote end point.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
addchanloop
Use the addchanloop command to configure a channel loopback to the current FRSM or AUSM card. This command causes the channel to loop at the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) stage.
Full Name
Add a Channel Loopback
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
addchanloop <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number to be used for the loopback on the current card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
addchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
delchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-10 Adding channel loopback onto channel number 21
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 21
Example 1-11 Adding channel loopback onto port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 2.1.1
addcon
Use the addcon command to configure connectivity to the current card. The addcon command is preferable to addchan for adding a connection because addcon does not require the NSAP addresses.
Command execution includes a specification of the endpoint as either the master or the slave. Execute addcon first at the slave end, then the master end. Note the syntax for the master end includes a parameter SlaveConID. Rather than a single number, SlaveConID is the node name, slot number, port number, and connection identifier (if applicable) of the slave end.
Note
To set up a three-segment connection across a network, specify the PXM as slot 0.
Full Name
Add Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
Related Commands
delcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Syntax: PXM
addcon <port_no> <conn_type> <local_VPI> <local_VCI> <service> [CAC] [mastership] [remoteConnId]
Syntax Description
port_no
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
conn_type
|
Value to set connection type.
• 1 = VPC
• 2 = VCC
|
local_VPI
|
Local virtual path identifier, in the range 0-4095.
|
local_VCI
|
Local virtual channel identifier, in the range 0-65535.
|
service
|
Value to set type of service.
• 1 = CBR
• 2 = VBR
• 3 = ABR
• 4 = UBR
|
CAC
|
Enable or disable connection admission control.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set master or slave.
• 1 = master You must also set remoteConnId for the master.
• 2 = slave (default)
|
remoteConnId
|
Remote connection identifier, in the format NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.VPI.VCI.
|
Syntax: FRSM-8T1/8E1
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
port number
|
Port number for T1 or E1
• T1 range = 1-192
• E1 range = 1-248
|
DLCI
|
DLCI (Data-Link Connection Identifier) value in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
CIR (Committed Information Rate) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.
• T1 range = 0-1536000
• E1 range = 0-2048000
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection to be used on the channel.
• 1 = NIW (network interworking)
• 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
• 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
• 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable Connection Admission Control (CAC).
• 1 = enable CAC
• 2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signaling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
• 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
• 2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the connection as master or the slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax Description
Syntax: FRSM-2CT3
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number in the range 1-256.
|
DLCI
|
Data-Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
Committed Information Rate (CIR) bps value, in the range 0-1536000.
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
• 1 = NIW (network interworking)
• 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
• 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
• 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
• 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
• 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 3 = nrtVBRQ (non real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
• 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable Connection Admission Control (CAC).
• 1 = enable CAC
• 2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signaling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
• 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
• 2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of connection as master or the slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: FRSM-2T3/2E3
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number in the range 1-2.
|
DLCI
|
DLCI value in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
CIR bps value for 2T3 or 2E3.
• 2T3 range = 0-44210000
• 2E3 range = 0-34010000
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
• 1 = NIW (network interworking)
• 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
• 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
• 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
• 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
• 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 3 = nrtVBRQ (non real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
• 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable CAC.
• 1 = enable CAC
• 2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signaling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
• 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
• 2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of connection as master or the slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
• 0 = PAR
• 1 = PNNI
• 2 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS2
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-2.
|
DLCI
|
DLCI value, in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
CIR bps value, in the range 0-51840000.
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
• 1 = NIW (network interworking)
• 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
• 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
• 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
• 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
• 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 3 = nrtVBRQ (non real-time variable bit rate connections)
• 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
• 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable CAC.
• 1 = enable CAC
• 2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signaling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
• 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
• 2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the connection as master or the slave.
1 = master
2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
• 0 = PAR
• 1 = PNNI
• 2 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: AUSM
addcon slave | master <port number> <vpi> <vci> <Conn type> <Service Type> [PAR | PNNI]
Syntax Description
slave | master
|
Associates the AUSM port with either master or slave status.
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
vpi
|
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.
|
vci
|
Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
Conn type
|
Value to set type of connection.
• 0 = VCC connection
• non-zero = Local connection
VP ID of the VPC (1 to 20 (UNI)/100 (STI)/340 (NNI)
|
Service Type
|
Value to set service type.
• 1 = CBR
• 2 = VBR
• 3 = ABR
|
SlaveConID
|
Used only for master configuration:
Node name, slot number, port number, VCI, and VPI of the slave end.
|
PAR | PNNI
|
(optional) Controller specification, either Portable Auto Route (PAR) or Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI).
|
Example 1-12 Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 2 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addcon 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Syntax: CESM 8T1/E1
addcon <port number> <signalling type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signalling> <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>]
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number for T1 or E1 interface.
• T1 range = 1-192
• E1 range = 1-248
|
signalling type
|
Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) value.
• 1 = basic
• 2 = E1 CAS
• 3 = DS1 superframe CAS
• 4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS
|
partial_fill
|
Number of bytes to set cell fills, as associated with line types.
• Partial fill, in the range 0-47. Enter the value either 0 or 47 to set this parameter for fully filled cells.
• Structured T1, in the range 25-47.
• Structure E1, in the range 20-47.
• Unstructured T1/E1, in the range 33-47.
|
cond_data
|
Conditional data UDT or SDT.
• UDT = 255
• SDT range = 0-255
Conditional data is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.
|
cond_signalling
|
Conditional signaling, in the range 0-15.
Conditional signaling is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signaling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
• 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
• 2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as the master or slave.
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
• 0 = PAR
• 1 = PNNI
• 2 = TAG
or
The node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
Note: the slot number should be set to 0 (zero) to point to the active PXM.
|
addendpt
Use the addendpt command to set the endpoints on the VISM card. An endpoint is a logical port that consists of one or more DS0s. It resembles the logical port on the channelized FRSM or CESM card. The ds1_num and the ds0_list are used to create the endpoint ID. The SU requires the endpoint ID to send the Create Connection (CRCX) command of the SGCP protocol to the VISM.
Full Name
Add End Point
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
addendpt <endpoint_num> <ds1_num> <ds0_list>
Syntax Description
endpoint_num
|
Number of the endpoint, in the range 1-240.
|
ds1_num
|
Number of the physical line associated with this endpoint, in the range 1-8.
|
ds0_list
|
The list of DS0s at this endpoint. Set the list number as appropriate for T1, E1, or VISM.
• E1 range = 1- 31
• T1 range = 1-24
• VISM: DS0s can be non-contiguous
You must separate individual DS0s by a period ("."). For the current release of the VISM, only 1 DS0 can exist on an endpoint. For multiple DS0s, you can specify a range of DS0s with a dash ("-"). For example, 1.3-5 means DS0s 1, 3, 4, and 5.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-13 Add endpoint number 1 to physical line 1. This endpoint uses DS0 1
spirit4.1.28.VISM.a > addendpt 1 1 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
addimagrp
Use the addimagrp command to configure an IMA group for the current AUSM.
Full Name
Add IMA Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addimagrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_links>
Syntax Description
group_num
|
Number of the IMA group to be configured, in the range 1-8.
|
port_type
|
Value to set port type as either UNI or NNI.
• 1 = UNI
• 2 = NN1
|
list_of_links
|
List of links to be included in group_num. Delineate each item in the list with a dot.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-14 Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5
spirit4.1.88.AUSM.a > addimagrp 2 1 3.4.5
spirit4.1.88.AUSM.a >
addlink
Use the addlink command to configure a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on a SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.
Full Name
Add Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addlink <T3 LineNum> <T1Slot> <Number of T1s> <TargetSlotNum> <TargetSlotLineNum> <T3LineNume>
Syntax Description
T3 LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
• slot = enter the value 15 or 31
• port range = 1-3
Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active) and slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
|
T1Slot
|
T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.
|
Number of T1s
|
Number of T1s, in the range 1-8.
|
Target Slot number
|
T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the ranges 1-6, or 11-14, or 17-22, or 27-30.
|
TargetSlotLineNum
|
T1 line number in the slot to be linked, in the range 1-4 or 1-8.
|
T3LineNume
|
T3 line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dsplink, dellink
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-15 Add a link between the T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlink 15.2 1 3 5
addlmiloop
Use the addlmiloop command to stop sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with addfdrlp on the BPX. This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.
After you have executed the addlmiloop command on the MGX 8800 series switch and the addfdrlp command on the BPX series switch, use the dsplmistats command on the BPX switch. The dsplmistats command shows the LMI messages exchanged between the BPX series switch and the MGX 8800 series switch. The LMI messages will not show an increase after LMI looping is implemented.
Figure 1-2 Status Messages Halted between a MGX 8800 Series Switch and a BPX Switch
Full Name
Add Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addlmiloop <slot> <port>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number, in the range 1-32
|
port
|
Port number, in the range 1-256
|
Related Commands
dellmiloop, dsplmiloop
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-16 Add an LMI loopback line numbered 1 to the current card (the PXM in slot 8)
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlmiloop 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-17 Add a feeder loop on the BPX
Example 1-18 Display LMI loop
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
Example 1-19 Display LMI statistics for the BPX; number of LMI messages in the statistics doesn't increase
VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled
Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10
Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10
Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5
Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10
Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5
Status Rx: 46504 Spc Polling Timer : 2
Status Enq Tx: 46546 Spc Retry Timer : 0
Status Enq Rx: 92014 Spc Retry Counter : 1
Status Tx: 92014 Node Status Retry Timer : 0
Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0
Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 8
VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled
Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10
Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10
Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5
Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10
Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5
Status Rx: 46511 Spc Polling Timer : 0
Status Enq Tx: 46553 Spc Retry Timer : 0
Status Enq Rx: 92028 Spc Retry Counter : 1
Status Tx: 92028 Node Status Retry Timer : 0
Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0
Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 9
addln
Use the addln command to activate an OC-12, OC-3, T3, or E3 line on the current card.
Full Name
Add Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM-series, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM-series, VISM
Syntax: PXM
addln -ds3 <line number> | -e3 <line number> | -sonet <line number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 line number entry.
|
line number
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
• port = value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 line number entry.
|
line number
|
E3 line number format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
• port = value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET line number entry.
|
line number
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value of 7. Enter 8 if the active PXM is in slot 8
• port= value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET
|

Note
You can activate only one PXM line on the feeder implementation of an MGX 8800 series switch node. With an OC-12 trunk, the only active port with any MGX 8800 series switch implementation is Port 1.
Syntax: FRSM (8T1, 2CT3, HS1/B), AUSM, SRM, CESM, VISM
addln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• 8T1 range = 1-2
• CT3 range = 1-2
• HS1/B range = 1-4
|
Syntax: AUSM (8T1/E1, IMATM-T3T1/E3E1), SRM, CESM, VISM
addln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfln, delln, dspln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)
Example 1-20 Add a line numbered 1 to the current card (the PXM in slot 8)
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addln 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
addlnloop
Use the addlnloop command to set a specified line in loopback state on the current card.
Full Name
Add Line Loop
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Related Commands
dellnloop
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Service (Any on PXM)
Syntax: PXM
addlnloop <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <line number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 line number entry.
|
line number
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
• port = value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 line number entry.
|
line number
|
E3 line number format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
• port = value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET line number entry.
|
line number
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• port = value in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM
addlnloop <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number to be set in loopback state, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1 range = 1-8
– HS1/B range = 1-4
• AUSM
– 8T1/8E1 range = 1-8
– IMATM-T3T1/E3E1 range = 1-8
• CESM, enter a value in the range 1-8
|
addlns2aimgrp
Use the addlns2aimgrp command to add lines to an existing AIMUX group.
Full Name
Add Lines to an AIM Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addlns2aimgrp <grp_num> <list_of_lines>
Syntax Description
grp_num
|
Number of the AIMUX group on which lines are to be added, in the range 1-8.
|
list_of_lines
|
List of lines to be associated with this AIMUX group. Use dotted format to delineate each line in your entry string.
|
Related Commands
dellnsfmaimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-21 Add lines 1 and 2 to IMA group 2
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addlns2aimgrp 2 1.
addport
Use the addport command to add a service port to the shelf's configuration.
Full Name
Add a Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Related Commands
addportlpbk, cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)
Syntax: PXM OC-3
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
OC-3 Port number to be added, in the range 1-32.
|
line_number
|
OC-3 line number. Enter the value 4.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_vpi
|
VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: PXM OC-12 back cards
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
OC-12 port number to be added, in the range 1-32.
|
line_number
|
OC-12 line number. Enter the value 1.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_vpi
|
VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: PXM T3/E3 back cards
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
line_num
|
T3/E3 line number. Enter the value 2.
|
Pc_bw
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: FRSM-8T1E1 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number of either the FRSM-8T1 or the FRSM-8E1.
• FRSM-8T1 range = 1-192
• FRSM-8E1 range = 1-248
|
line_num
|
FRSM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.
|
ds0_speed
|
Value to set bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
• 1 = 56 Kbps
• 2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Value to set service as frame relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
• 1 = Frame Relay
• 2 = FUNI
• 3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-2T3 or FRSM-2E3, in the range 1-2.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-2T3E3 line number in the range 1-2.
|
ds0_speed
|
Value to set bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
• 1 = 56 Kbps
• 2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Value to set service as frame relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
• 1 = Frame Relay
• 2 = FUNI
• 3= frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-2CT3
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-2CT3, in the range 1-256.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-2CT3 line number in the range 1-56.
|
ds0_speed
|
Value to set bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
• 1 = 56 Kbps
• 2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Value to define service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
• 1 = Frame Relay
• 2 = FUNI
• 3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B
addport <port_num> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
• X.21 range = 1-4
• HSSI range = 1-2
|
port_type
|
Value to set service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
• 1 = Frame Relay
• 2 = FUNI
• 3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS2
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-HS2, in the range 1-2.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-HS2 line number, in the range 1-2.
|
ds0_speed
|
Value to set bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
• 1 = 56 Kbps
• 2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Value to set service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
• 1 = Frame Relay
• 2 = FUNI
• 3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> gin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the CESM-8T1 or CESM-8E1 card.
• CESM-8T1 range = 1-192
• CESM-8E1 range = 1-248
|
line_num
|
CESM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.
|
begin_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Value to set the beginning timeslot number in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Value to set service as either structured, unstructured, or framing on VC disconnect.
• 1 = structured
• 2 = unstructured
• 3 = framing on VC disconnect
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number. Enter the value 1.
|
line_num
|
Line number. Enter the value 1.
|
Example 1-22 Add port 1 on line 1 with DS0 timeslots 1 through 24 assigned as structured.
node501.1.1.CESM.a > addport 1 1 1 24 1
addred
Use the addred command to link two MGX 8800 series slots (a primary slot and a secondary slot) so that the switch treats the cards in these slots as a redundant pair of cards.
The secondary slot should be in the same half of the shelf (upper or lower) as the primary slot. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:N. If the redundancy is 1:N, you must link one secondary slot to N primary slots through multiple executions of this command.
Full Name
Add Redundancy
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addred <redPrimarySlotNum> <redSecondarySlotNum> <RedType>
Syntax Description
redPrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
redSecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
RedType
|
Value to set type of redundancy to be deployed on the PXM.
1 = 1:1
2 = 1:n
|
Related Commands
dspred, delred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-23 Add 1:1 redundancy between the card in slot 4 and the card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addred 1 4 1
A system response does not occur unless a system error is detected.
addrscprtn
Use the addrscprtn command to configure resource partitions for the current PXM.
A resource partition on a PXM consists of a percentage of bandwidth, a VPI/VCI range, and the number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) available to a network control application. The network control applications are Portable AutoRoute (PAR) and Tag Switching. The configuration should reflect future development plans for PNNI or other controllers.
Note
On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.
Full Name
Add Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set type of network control application to be used on the logical interface.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
ingr_pct_bw
|
Percentage of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egr_pct_bw
|
Percentage of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum Virtual Path Indicator value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum Virtual Path Indicator value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_vci
|
Minimum Virtual Channel Indicator value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vci
|
Maximum Virtual Channel Indicator value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_chans
|
Maximum Global Logical Connection Numbers, in the range 0-32767.
|
Related Commands
cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn, dsplnrsc
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
addserialif
Use the addserialif command to add a serial interface.
Full Name
Add Serial Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addserialif <serial_port_num>
Syntax Description
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number. Enter the value 1 (for console) or 2 (for slip).
|
Related Commands
cnfserialif, dspserialif
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-24 Configure the speed on slip for 19200bps
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addserialif 1
addtrapmgr
Use the addtrapmgr command to set up an SNMP trap manager for use with stand-alone applications. A trap manager registered (added) and reregistered through the SNMP interface by Cisco WAN Manager is deregistered (deleted) after 30 minutes if it is not reregistered. Trap managers that are added using the addtrapmgr command will not age, and will not be deleted after 30 minutes.
Full Name
Add Trap Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addtrapmgr <ipaddr> <portnum>
Syntax Description
ipaddr
|
32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format. This setting is the IP address assigned to the port on the trap manager.
|
portnum
|
Port number on the trap manager workstation to be used to receive traps. Default = 162.
|
Related Commands
deltrapmgr, cnftrapmgr, dsptrapmgr, xcnftrapmgr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-25 Add a trap manager with the IP address of 161.10.144.56 to port 162
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrapmgr 161.10.144.56 162
addtrk
Use the PAR addtrk command to activate a specified trunk on the current PXM.
The addtrk command applies only to routing node implementation. Execute addtrk after you have partitioned resources for PAR by using addrscprtn and configured the broadband interface as a trunk by using cnfifastrk.
Note
Traffic class and max vpc conids should match before executing the addtrk command.
Full Name
Add Trunk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addtrk <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Port identifier of the trunk to activate, using the format slot.port.
• slot ranges = 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload, dsptrks
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-26 Activate the trunk on port 4 in the card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrk 1.4
adduser
Use the adduser command to configure a user name and associated access level on the PXM.
Full Name
Add User
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
adduser <user ID> <accessLevel>
Syntax Description
user ID
|
Name to be used as the login at the PXM.
• The name can consist of up to 12 characters composed of alpha and numeric characters, special characters "_" and "-".
• The name must begin with an alpha character and cannot contain spaces. The name is case sensitive.
|
accessLevel
|
System privilege level to be allocated for the user ID.
• GROUP1 (highest level)
• GROUP2
• GROUP3
• GROUP4
• GROUP5
• ANYUSER (lowest level)
The new user that you configure cannot have an access level that is higher than that defined for the current login ID.
|
Related Commands
dspusers, deluser
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 5-6
Example 1-27 Add a user named fin with privilege level ANYUSER
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > adduser fin ANYUSER
agetrapmgr
Use the agetrapmgr command to activate or deactivate aging on trap managers.
Full Name
Age Trap Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
agetrapmgr <ip_addr> <aging>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
Use ip_addr 0.0.0.1 for all managers.
|
aging
|
Value to enable or disable aging of either the individual trap managers, or all trap managers.
• 1 = enable (default)
• 2 = disable
If enabled, the trap manager is deleted from the table after a period of 30 minutes.
|
Related Commands
dsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
aimhelp
Use the aimhelp command to display the Help screen for the AUSM service module.
Full Name
AIM Help
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
aimhelp
Related Commands
help
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-28 Display the Help screen for the AUSM service module
raviraj.1.9.AUSM8.a > aimhelp
addcon : Add a Connection
addimagrp : Add an IMA group
addlnloop : Configure a line in local loopback
addlns2imagrp : Add lines to an existing IMA group
clralmcnt : Clear DS1 alarm count
clralmcnts : Clear alarm count for all DS1 lines
clralm : Clear the DS1 line alarms
clrchancnt : Clear Channel Counters
clrchancnts : Clear Channel Counters for all channels
clralms : Clear DS1 alarms on all lines
clrimagrpcnt : Clear IMA group Counters
clrimalncnt : Clear IMA counters on a particular line
clrportcnt : Clear Port Counters
clrportcnts : Clear Port Counters for all ports
clrsarcnt : Clear SAR channel counters
clrsarcnts : Clear SAR counters for all channels
clrslftst : Clear self test results
clrimatst : clear IMA test procedure
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
cnfchanfst : Configure the channel foresight parameters
cnfchanq : Configure the channel queue parameters
cnffst : Configure foresight params of a card
cnfportq : Configure Egress queue parameters
cnfimagrp : Configure an IMA group
cnfilmi : Configure ILMI parameters of a port
cnfln : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnflnloop : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnfplpp : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnfslftst : Configure self test parameters
cnfsvcrange : Partition Resource between PVCs & SVCs
cnfupccbr : Configure UPC parameters of CBR connection
cnfupcvbr : Configure UPC parameters of VBR connection
cnfupcabr : Configure UPC parameters of ABR connection
cnfupcubr : Configure UPC parameters of UBR connection
cnfimatst : Enable the IMA test procedure
cnfimaalmparm : COnfigure the IMA alaram Integration UP and DOWN times
copychans : Copy a template connection
delimagrp : Delete an IMA group
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
delcon : Delete a connection
dellnloop : Remove a DS1 line from local loopback
dellnsfmimagrp : Delete lines from an existing IMA group
dnport : Down an ATM port
dspalm : Display DS1 alarms on a line
dspalmcnf : Display DS1 alarm configuration
dspalmcnt : Display alarm count for DS1 line
dspalms : Display DS1 alarms on all lines
dspcd : Display card information
dspchancnt : Display channel counters
dspcon : Display connection configuration
dspcons : Display all the configured connections
dspfeature : Display the features
dspfst : Display the card Foresight params
dspilmi : Display ILMI parms of a port
dspilmicnt : Display ILMI counters of a port
dspimagrp : Display all parms configured for an IMA group
dspimagrpcnt : Display IMA group Counters
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
dspimagrps : Display the configured IMA groups
dspimalncnt : Display IMA counters on a particular line
dspimatst : Display IMA test status
dspimaln : Display IMA link status
dspimaalmparm : Display IMA alaram integration times
dsplns : Display all DS1 lines
dsploads : Display the total bandwidth used up in each port
dspplpp : Display the PLPP configuration of each line
dspport : Display the configured ATM/IMA port
dspportcnt : Display Port Counters
dspportq : Display the egress queue configuration
dspportqs : Display configuration of all egress queues
dspports : Display the configured ATM/IMA ports
dspsarcnt : Display the SAR counters of a connection
dspsarcnts : Display the SAR counters of all connections
dspslftst : Display self test configuration
dspslftsttbl : Display the self test results
dspsttatparms : Display the statistics params configured
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
dspsvcrange : Display the resource partition between PVCs & SVCs
dsptotals : Display the total connections configured per port
runslftstno : Run a particular self test
tstcon : Test the connection towards the N/W side
tstconseg : Test the connection towards the CPE side
tstconsti : Test the connection towards the N/W side using STI supervis
tstdelay : Measure the delay towards the N/W side
tstdelaysti : Measure the delay towards the N/W side using STI supervisor
xcnfalm : Configure alms of a DS1 line
xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line
xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line
arpAdd
Use the arpAdd command to add an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry to the ARP table. This Internet protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Full Name
Add Address Resolution Protocol Entry
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpAdd <ip_ddress> <mac_address>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
mac_address
|
Standardized data link layer address, 6 bytes long. Also known as a hardware address, MAC-layer address, and physical address.
|
Related Commands
arpShow, arpDelete, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-29 Add an ARP entry on the current PXM, then show the ARP entry
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpAdd 172.29.36.102 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b
190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
172.29.36.102 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
arpDelete
Use the arpDelete command to delete an entry in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Full Name
Delete Address Resolution Protocol Entry
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpDelete <ip_ddress>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpShow, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-30 Delete ARP entry for IP address 172.29.36.102
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a> arpDelete 172.29.36.102
172.29.36.102 (172.29.36.102) deleted
arpFlush
Use the arpFlush command to remove non-permanent entries from the ARP table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Full Name
Flush Address Resolution Protocol Table
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpFlush
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpDelete, arpShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-31 Flush the ARP table, then show the ARP table
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpFlush
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
arpShow
Use the arpShow command to display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP table contains IP address to MAC address translations mapped by the ARP protocol.
Full Name
Show Address Resolution Protocol Table
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpShow
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpDelete, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No State: Any state Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-32 Show the ARP table on the current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
bootChange
Use the bootChange command to change to the boot IP address and gateway address of a PXM card. The IP address you define will be used only when the PXM is in boot state. Use the cnfifip command to assign IP addresses for the PXM and the shelf. Note that the bootChange values are sent and automatically updated on the standby card, and bootlines are synchronized.
The PXM tries to correct bad entries when it boots up. This information is copied to the standby card. If the bootChange IP address is different the shelf IP address, then it will bring the ethernet interface up on the standby with the bootChange IP address.
The shellconn version of this command updates only the local bootline values.
Note that several parameters are necessary for the network to function; specifically:
•
Ethernet interface
•
IP address and subnetmask
•
Default Ethernet gateway
Note
If the firmware fails to reach the CLI prompt or comes up in backup boot, the Ethernet interface could be down, a problem created by an identical shelf IP address and boot change address. In such a case, the bootChange command could be used from the shell to set another IP address and then usrEnetEnable should be called to activate that address.
If the CLI prompt is not there or if the switch is not enabled and in backup boot, you can use the usrEnetEnable command to bring up theEthernet interface.
Full Name
Boot Change
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
bootChange
Related Commands
cnfifip, usrEnetEnable
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SERVICE_GP
Example 1-33 Execute the bootChange on the current PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > bootChange
'.' = clear field; '-' = go to previous field; ^D = quit
inet on ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.41 : ffffff00
gateway inet (g) : 172.29.37.1
ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh):
bye
Use the bye command to exit the current CLI shell.
Full Name
Bye
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
bye
Related Commands
logout
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-34 Exit the current CLI shell.
cc
Use the cc command to navigate from card to card on the shelf.
Full Name
Change Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
cc <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
The number of the slot that contains the card you want to work on.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any state Privilege: Any
Example 1-35 Switch from the AUSM in slot 22 to the PXM in slot 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > cc 8
A system message does not occur unless an error is detected. If the card slot is empty, an error message is presented.
cd
Use the cd command to change the current directory on the PXM hard disk.
Full Name
Change Directory
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cd <directory_name>
Syntax Description
directory_name
|
Name of the target directory.
|
Related Commands
ls, pwd, rename, rm/rmdir, deltree, copy
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Group 3
Example 1-36 Change directory to FW
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd FW
Verify the current directory by using the pwd command.
Example 1-37 Return to the Root directory
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd ..
clraimgrpcnt
Use the clraimgrpcnt command to clear all the AIMUX-related counters for all lines in the specified AIMUX group.
Full Name
Clear AIM Group Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clraimgrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
The number of the AIMUX group number on which you want to clear the AIMUX counters, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
delaimgrpcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-38 Clear all the AIM group counters in AIM group 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimgrpcnt 8
clraimlncnt
Use the clraimlncnt command to clear all the AIMUX line counters for the specified IMA group.
Full Name
Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clraimlncnt (or clrimalncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
The number of the AIMUX group on which you want to clear the line counters associated with an IMA group, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspaimlncnt, clrimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-39 Clear all the AIM line counters in AIM group 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimlncnt 8
clrallcnf
Use the clrallcnf command to clear all configuration elements for all the cards in the node. The system will query for confirmation before executing the clrallcnf command.
Warning
Take care when using this command. This will clear all configuration files on the PXM.
Full Name
Clear All Configurations
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrallcnf
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-3
Example 1-40 Clear Configuration Confirmation Query
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clrallcnf
All SM's config will be deleted, and
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No
clralm
Use the clralm command to clear alarms on a specified line on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected. If alarms on a line are cleared with this command, the results may be observable through the dspalm command.
This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.
Full Name
Clear Alarm
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
clralm -ds3 <LineNum>
or
clralm -e3 <LineNum>
or
clralm -sonet <LineNum>
or
clralm -plcp <PLCPNUM>
Syntax Description
-ds3 LineNum
|
DS3 line number on which to clear alarms, using the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3 LineNum
|
E3 line number on which to clear alarms, using the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet LineNum
|
SONET line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-plcp PLCPNUM
|
Physical Layer Protocol Processor number, in the range 1-n.
• line number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM
clralm -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
• FRSM
– 8T1: for DS1, enter a value in the range 1-8
– HS1/B: for X.21 enter a value in the range 1-4
• AUSM, enter a value in the range 1-8
• CEAM: for CESM_8P enter a value in the range 1-8
|
Syntax: SRM-3T3
clralm <-srmds3> <LineNum>
Syntax Description
• LineNum
|
LineNum = 1-n, where n = 3 if SRM-3T3
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1
clralm -hs1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
LineNum = 1-n, where n = 4 if FRSM
|
Related Commands
clralms, dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 5-6
Example 1-41 Clear all the alarms caused by the collection of statistical data for line 1 on the current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralm -ds1 1
clralmcnt
Use the clralmcnt command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the specified line on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.
Full Name
Clear Alarm Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
clralmcnt -ds3 <LineNum>
clralmcnt -e3 <LineNum>
clralmcnt -sonet <LineNum>
clralmcnt -plcp <PLCPNUM>
Syntax Description
-ds3 LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3 LineNum
|
E3 line number in the format slot.port
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet LineNum
|
SONET line number in the format slot.port
• slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-plcp PLCPNUM
|
Physical Layer Protocol Processor value. Range: 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM
clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM range = 1-8
• AUSM range = 1-8
• CESM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
dspalmcnt, clralmcnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any (5 on PXM)
Example 1-42 Clear all the alarm counters and statistics collected for line 1 on the current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnt -ds1 1
clralmcnts
Use the clralmcnts command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.
Full Name
Clear All Alarm Counters/Statistics on the Current Card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clralmcnts
Related Commands
dspalmcnt, clralmcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
Example 1-43 Clear all the alarm counters and statistics collected for the current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnts
clralms
The clralms command clears alarms on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected.
This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.
Full Name
Clear Alarms on Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM,CESM, or VISM
clralms -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number on which to clear alarms, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
Related Commands
clralm, dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
Example 1-44 Clear all the alarms triggered by the collection of statistics for line 1 on the current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralms -ds1 1
clratmlncnt
The clratmlncnt clears the ATM event counters for the specified line on the PXM.
Full Name
Clear All ATM Line Counters on the Specified Line Number
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clratmlncnt <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number on which to clear the ATM event counters, in the range 1-4.
|
Related Commands
clratmlncnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-45 Clear all the ATM event counters for line 1 on the PXM
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnt 1
clratmlncnts
Use the clratmlncnts command to remove all ATM counters on all the lines on the current card.
Full Name
Clear all ATM Line Counters on All Lines
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clratmlncnts
Related Commands
clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-46 Clear all the ATM event counters on the PXM
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnts
clrbertcntrs
Use the clrbertcntrs command to remove all counters associated with bit error rate testing.
Full Name
Clear BERT counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3
Syntax
clrbertcntrs
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert,
xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-47 Clear all BERT counters on the current FRSM
raviraj.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dspdsx3bert
undefined symbol: dspdsx3bert
clrcderrs
The clrcderrs command clears all card-related errors in an MGX 8800 series card. No response messages appear on screen. Refer to the dspcderrs description to see an example of the errors that this command clears, or execute the dspcderrs command before and after executing the clrcderrs command.
Full Name
Clear Hardware/Reset Errors in BRAM
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrcderrs
Related Commands
dspcderrs
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-48 Clear all the card-related errors on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrcderrs
clrchancnt
Use the clrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for the specified channel on the current card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
The Frame Relay counters for each channel are
•
Received frames: bytes, DE, discarded, FECN, BECN
•
Received frames tagged FECN, BECN, DE
•
Received frames discarded for shelf alarms, exceeded queue depth, exceeded queue depth, exceeded DE threshold
•
Received bytes: DE, discarded
•
Transmitted bytes: DE, discarded
•
Transmitted bytes discarded for exceeded queue depth
•
Transmitted bytes during for LMI logical port alarm
•
Transmitted frames tagged FECN, BECN
•
Transmitted frames: bytes, BECN, FECN, DE
•
Transmitted frames during LMI logical port alarm
•
Transmitted frames discarded for exceeded queue depth, exceeded DE threshold, CRC error, physical layer fail, source abort, reassembly failure
Full Name
Clear Channel Counters on a Specified Channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
clrchancnt -cnt <chanNum> -cc <clrButton>
Syntax Description
-cnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PXM channel number entry.
|
channel number
|
PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
-cc
|
Command delineator that precedes the cntClrButton entry.
|
clrButton
|
Value to set the underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.
• 1 = no action
• 2 = clear counts (default)
|
Syntax: FRSM
clrchancnt <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM range = 16-1015
• CESM range = 32-279
|
Syntax: AUSM
clrchancnt <Port.VPI.VCI | Chan_num>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
|
Chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnts, dspchancnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-49 Clear all the channel counters for channel 16 on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnt 16
clrchancnts
Use the clrchancnts command to clear all channel counters for all channels on the current service card. The counters resume accruing after the command executes. To view a list of the Frame Relay counters, refer to the description of clrchancnt.
Full Name
Clear All Channel Counters on the Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
clrchancnts
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnt, dspchancnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: 1-3 (Any on PXM)
Example 1-50 Clear all the channel counters for all channels on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnts
clrconcnt
Use the clrconcnt command to clear the counters for the specified Connection Identifier on the current PXM card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Full Name
Clear Connection Counters for a Specified Connection Identifier
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrconcnt <conn_ID>
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection ID, in the format PortNum.VPI.VCI
• PortNum = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• VPI = virtual path identifier in the range for either UNI or NNI
– UNI range = 0-255 (typically applied to lines that connect standalone node to a workstation)
– NNI range = 0-4095
• VCI = virtual circuit identifier in the range 0-65535
|
Related Commands
dspcon, clrconcnts, dspconcnt, dspconcnts
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-51 Clear all the counters for the connection on port 1 with a VPI of 2 and a VCI of 2
node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnt 1.2.2
clrconcnts
Use the clrconcnts command to clear the counters for all the connections on the current PXM car. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Full Name
Clear Connection Counters for All Connections on the Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrconcnts
Related Commands
dspcon, clrconcnt, dspconcnt, dspconcnts
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-52 Clear all the counters for all the connections on the PXM card
node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnts
clrerr
Use the clrerr command to remove specified or all error log files. This command queries for confirmation prior to clearing the error log files from the system.
Full Name
Clear Error Log Counters for All Connections on the Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax:
clrerr [-en <error slot>]
Syntax Description
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.
|
error slot
|
Number of the log file to clear, which is identical to the slot number of the card.
|
Related Commands
dsperr
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-53 Clrerr query to proceed.
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No
clrifcnt
Use the clrifcnt command to clear the counters for a specified broadband interface.
Full Name
Clear Interface Counters for the Specified Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrifcnt <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
clrifcnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-54 Clear the counters for the specified broadband interface (1)
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnt 1
clrifcnts
Use the clrifcnts command to clear the counters for all the broadband interfaces.
Full Name
Clear All Interface Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrifcnts
Related Commands
clrifcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-55 Clear the counters for all broadband interfaces on the PXM card
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnts
clrimagrpcnt
Use the clrimagrpcnt command to clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM (IMA) group counters on the current AUSM card for a specified IMA group.
Full Name
Clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM Group Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clrimagrpcnt (or clraimgrpcnt) <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-56 Clear all the inverse multiplexing ATM group counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimagrpcnt 1
clrimalncnt
Use the clrimalncnt command to clear all AIMUX line counters for a specified line in an IMA trunk.
Full Name
Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clrimalncnt (or clraimlncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspaimlncnt, clraimlncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-57 Clear all the inverse multiplexing ATM line counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimalncnt 1
clrlmistats
Use the clrlmistats command to clear the Local Management Interface (LMI) related statistics on the current PXM.
Full Name
Clear All LMI Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrlmistats
Related Commands
dsplmistats
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-58 Clear the LMI statistics on the PXM card
penguin.1.7.PXM.a > clrlmistats
Enabled : 1 Port Status : 1
WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0
Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 1
Poll Timer : 6 Trans Num : 86
Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0
UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0
Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0
Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0
NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 0
NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0
Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0
Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0
clrlog
Use the clrlog command to clear specified or all event log files. The log resumes accumulating event log messages after the command executes. This command queries for confirmation prior to removing all event log files.
Full Name
Clear Log
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrlog [-log <log slot>]
Syntax Description
-log
|
Command delineator that precedes the log slot entry.
|
log slot
|
Number of the file that you want to clear from the event log file.
|
Related Commands
dsplog
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: 1
Example 1-59 Clear all event log files on the PXM card
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes
clrmsgcnt
Use the clrmsgcnt command to clear the control message counters. The control message counters are for the total numbers of:
•
Control frames transmitted to SAR (from RISC) maintained by RISC
•
Control frames received from SAR (to RISC) maintained by RISC
•
Control frames transmitted to RISC from SAR maintained by SAR (should be
equal to riscRcvCtrlMsg)
•
Control frames received to SAR from RISC maintained by SAR (should be
equal to riscXmtCtrlMsg)
•
Control (management) cells discarded due to illegal length error
•
Control (management) cells discarded due to illegal CRC error
•
Discarded control messages due to unknown channel error
This message also clears the control cell header received on the last unknown channel.
Full Name
Clear Control Message Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clrmsgcnt
Related Commands
dspmsgcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
Example 1-60 Clear all the control message counters on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrmsgcnt 1
clrportcnt
Use the clrportcnt command to clear counter values on a specified port associated with the current PXM, AUSM, or FRSM.
Full Name
Clear Port Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrportcnt <port_ number>
Syntax Description
port_ number
|
Port number, as appropriate for the current card.
• PXM range = 1-32
• AUSM range = 1-8
• FRSM
– T1 = 1-192
– E1 = 1-248
– HS1/B
X.21 range = 1-4
HSSI range = 1-2
|
Related Commands
clrportcnts, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5 (Any on PXM)
Example 1-61 Clear all the port counters on port 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnt 1
clrportcnts
Use the clrportcnts command to clear all port counters on the current PXM, FRSM, or AUSM.
Full Name
Clear Port Counts
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrportcnts
Related Commands
clrportcnt, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
Example 1-62 Clear all the port counters on all the ports on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnts
clrsarcnt
On an FRSM or CESM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) counters for the particular channel in the argument. On an AUSM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the SAR counters for the particular port.VPI.VCI connection.
The SAR counters are
•
Number of cells transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of CLP cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of AIS cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of FERF cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of BCM cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of End2End loop cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of segment loop cells that were transmitted on this channel.
•
Number of cells discard due to Shelf alarm on this channel.
•
Number of cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of CLP cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of AIS cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of FERF cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of BCM cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of End2End loop cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of segment loop cells that were received on this channel.
•
Number of cells that had the CRC error on this channel.
Full Name
Clear SAR Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax for FRSM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum | Port.DLCI>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number in the range 16-1015.
|
Port.DLCI
|
Port number of either the FRSM-8T1 or the FRSM-8E1.
• FRSM-8T1 range = 1-192
• FRSM-8E1 range = 1-248
Data-link connection identifier, in the range 0-1023. This value specifies a PVC or SVC in a Frame Relay network.
|
Syntax for CESM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number in the range 0-279.
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
Related Commands
dspsarcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
Example 1-63 Clear the SAR counters for channel number 20 on the FRSM card
NODENAME.1.17.FRSM.a > clrsarcnt -chn 20
clrsarcnts
Use the clrsarcnts command to clear the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) counters for all the channels or connections on the card from which the command is executed.
Full Name
Clear SAR Counts
Syntax
clrsarcnts
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Related Commands
clrsarcnt, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-64 Clear all the SAR counters on all the cards in the node
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrsarcnts
clrscrn
Use the clrscrn command to clear the control terminal screen. After this command executes, only the current command line prompt appears on the screen.
Full Name
Clear Terminal Screen
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clrscrn
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-65 Clear the screen
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrscrn
clrslftst
Use the clrslftst command to clear the results of the last self-test on the current card.
Full Name
Clear Self-Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
clrslftst
Related Commands
cnfslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-66 Clear the results of the last self-test for the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrslftst
clrsmcnf
Use the clrsmcnf command to clear the following configuration elements for the selected service card:
•
Configuration
•
Rate control function
•
Channelization on the card
•
MIB version
Note
Before executing the clrsmcnf command, clear (delete) all lines, ports, and channels on the affected service module(s).
Full Name
Clear Service Module Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrsmcnf <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
dspsmcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 3
Example 1-67 Clear all the configuration elements on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsmcnf 17
clrsrmcnf
Use the clrsrmcnf command to clear SRM-3T3 card information and to remove all T1 link mappings. All links are switched back to their respective service modules.
Full Name
Clear SRM-3T3 Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrsrmcnf <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number. Enter the value 15 or 31.
• Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active).
• Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
|
Related Commands
addlink, dsplink, xcnfsrmlink, xdspsrmlink
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-68 Clear all the configuration information and remove all T1 link mappings on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsrmcnf 15
cmdhistory
Use the cmdhistory command to view the last 10 commands executed on the current card.
Full Name
Display Command History
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cmdhistory
Related Commands
history
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-69 Display the previous 10 commands executed on the PXM card
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cmdhistory
Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s)
cnfaimgrp
Use the cnfaimgrp command to configure an AIMUX group on the AUSM.
Full Name
Configure AIM Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfaimgrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>
Syntax Description
grp
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
max_diff_delay
|
Maximum differential delay, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• 8T1 range = 0-275
• 8E1 range = 0-200
|
min_num_links
|
Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Note
Redundant link(s) indicates the number of link(s) the system can lose without bringing down the AIMUX group. However, the <link_loss_severity> option overrides this feature.
The <read_wr_ptr_diff> value cannot be decreased from its existing value—it can only be increased (this is because decreasing the <read_wr_ptr_diff> in an established AIMUX group involves dropping cells that are stored in the delay compensation buffer.
Example 1-70 Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfaimgrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2
cnfapsln
Use the cnfapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters for a line on the current PXM. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far-end. This support only applies to PXM OC3 and PXM OC12 back cards.
The 1.1.20 software release provides support for the SONET Linear APS 1+1 mode with two backcards. The SONET Linear APS 1+1 standard specifies that for every working line there must exist a redundant protection line. Traffic protected by the redundant line is carried simultaneously on both the working line and the protection line. The line switch over to the protection line has to be completed within 60ms.
illustrates a "Dual Backcard" redundancy configuration. This design requires two PXM front cards and two SONET backcards. Ports are paired as follows:
•
Port 1 of active PXM and port 1 of standby PXM.
Figure 1-3 SONET APS 1+1 with Two BACKCARDS
SONET 155 also can be configured to have this redundancy configuration. Ports are paired as follows:
•
Port 1 of active PXM and port 1 of standby PXM
•
Port 2 of active PXM and port 2 of standby PXM
•
Port 3 of active PXM and port 3 of standby PXM
•
Port 4 of active PXM and port 4 of standby PXM
Switching of the paired port on the pair backcard can be done independently of the other paired ports.
You must add an APS line with the addapsln command before using the cnfapsln command.
Full Name
Configure APS Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfapsln <workline> <SFBER> <SDBER> <WTR> <Direction> <Revertive> <K1K2>
Syntax Description
workline
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
• OC-3 range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3-5.
• 5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.
• 5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
WTR
|
Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range1 to12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).
|
Direction
|
Value to set the switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
• 1 = Unidirectional: This APS line supports only one direction
• 2 = Bidirectional: This APS line supports both ends of the line
|
Revertive
|
Value to set the APS revertive or non-revertive function.
• 1 = Non-revertive
• 2 = Revertive This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the wait-to-restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
K1K2
|
To to enable or disable the K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line. User should always set to 1.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
Related Commands
addapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, dspapscfg
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-71 Configure the APS working line 1 on the active PXM card in slot 7 to have a signal failure BER threshold of 10^^5, a signal degrade BER threshold of 10^^5, to enable switch back after signal failure or degradation has cleared, to wait 2 minutes before attempting to switch back, to make switching bidirectional, and to enable the K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfapsln 1 5 5 1 2 1 1
cnfatmln
Use the cnfatmln command to configure a UNI or NNI cell header for a PXM trunk. UNI cell headers are typically used on the line that connects to a workstation rather than a switch.
Note
You must configure the cell header type using the cnfatmln command before adding lines and ports.
Full Name
Configure ATM Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM (in an MGX 8800 series stand-alone node)
Syntax
cnfatmln <line_num> <type>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• OC-3 range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
type
|
Value to set cell header type for either UNI or NNI.
• 2 = UNI
• 3 = NNI (default)
|
Related Commands
dspatmlncnf, clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-72 Set the cell header type for trunk 1 on the PXM to NNI
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfatmln 1 3
cnfbctype
Use the cnfbctype command to specify the interface of the 12in1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either an X.21 or a V.35 interface. The default interface is V.35.
Note
The cnfbctype is not allowed if there are enabled lines on the card.
Full Name
Configure Back Card Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-HS1B
Syntax
cnfbctype <cardType>
Syntax Description
cardType
|
An integer that specifies the interface type:
• 1 = X.21
• 2 = V.35
Default = V.35.
|
Related Commands
dspbctype
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Service Group (-1)
Example 1-73 Configuring the interface type on the current FRSM card
man.1.14.FRSM.a > cnfbctype 1
Example 1-74 Displaying the interface type on the current FRSM
man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype
Backcard Personality: X.21
cnfbert
Use the cnfbert command to configure BERT testing parameters on the PXM.
A BERT session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to end the test.
Warning
BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test will stop the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT testing requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.
Full Name
Configure BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax: PXM
cnfbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number that contains the card on which to perform BERT testing.
|
Related Commands
delbert, dspbert, modbert, xcnfbert
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Group 1
cnfcbclk
Use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus (CB) operating clock rate to high (42 MHz) or low
(21 MHz). There are 8 cell buses in a MGX 8800 series shelf. You can use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus to different operating clock rates to take advantage of high-speed service modules whenever possible. Note that not all service modules can support the high clock rate.
Note
Even though you can specify this command against CB4 and CB8, note that the clock rate will not change for either cell bus.
Full Name
Configure Cell Bus Clock
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM (new), PXM
Syntax
cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate>
Syntax Description
cellBus
|
A string denoting a bus, in the range CB1 to CB8. Even though you can specify this command against CB4 and CB8, note that the clock rate will not change for either cell bus.
|
clockRate
|
A rate value, in MHz.
• 21
• 42
|
Possible Errors
•
Set failed due to illegal option value(s).
•
Certain Service Modules will not operate at the clock rate you specified. Please check the service modules in the slots where the cell bus clock rate is affected by this command.
Related Commands
dspcbclk
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Super Group
Example 1-75 Display the cards in the chassis, display the current clock settings, configure CB2 for 42 MHz, and display clock settings with the new setting for CB2
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds
Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy
---- ----------- -------- --------- -----------
1.2 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear
1.6 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear
1.7 Active PXM1-OC3 Clear
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: q
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb2 42
Command Executed :cnfcbclk
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
Example 1-76 Error messages that may be displayed when executing this command
popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb1 42
Command Executed :cnfcbclk
Set failed due to illegal option value(s)
Syntax: cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate>
cellBus -- a string CB1..CB8
clockRate -- a number 21 or 42 (MHz)
WARNING: Certain Service Modules will not operate at the clock rate you
specified. Please check the Service Modules in the slots where the Cell Bus clock
rate is effected by this command
cnfcdprtntype
Use the cnfcdprtntype command to configure the type of partition to serve as the basis for sharing GLCNs. The GLCNs are shared by the network controller applications (PAR, for example) on a logical broadband interface.
Full Name
Configure Card Resource Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
cnfcdprtntype <prtn_type>
Syntax Description
prtn_type
|
Value to set card partition type, in the range 1-3.
• 1 = noPartition All controllers compete for the total number of (G)LCNs available for the card.
• 2 = controllerBased The total number of (G)LCNs available to each controller is fixed but there is no reservation on each port.
• 3 = portControllerBased Some of the (G)LCNs that are available on each port for each controller are reserved.
|
Related Commands
cnfrscprt, cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrsctype
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any (Service_GP)
Example 1-77 Allow all controllers access to all the (G)LCNs available for the card
spirit3.1.10.AUSMB8.a > cnfcdprtntype 1
cnfcdrscprtn
Use the cnfcdrscprtn command to modify card-level resource partitions on the current card. This command creates a template of available connections among the network controllers, to provide card-level partitioning for PAR, PNNI or Tag. With card-level partitioning:
•
The number of connections available at each port is the same.
•
You can specify the number of connections available to each controller or let them compete for connections at each port.
The matrix in describes the effects of each of three usages of cnfcdrscprtn.
Table 1-5 Degrees of Card-Level Resource Partitioning
Command
|
Description
|
cnfcdrscprtn off
|
Card-level partitioning is inactive. If you specify that card-level partitioning is off (cnfcdrscprtn off), you must configure port-level partitions (cnfportrscprtn).
|
cnfcdrscprtn on
|
Default
Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller, so each controller competes for the connections.
|
cnfcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>
|
The x, y, and z represent a number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.
|
Note
PNNI is always 0 in Release 1 of an MGX 8800 series switch.
Additional characteristics of this command are
•
If you do not execute cnfcdrscprtn, the default state of cnfcdrscprtn on is in effect.
•
If you specify card-level partitioning (cnfcdrscprtn on x y z), port-level partitioning (cnfportrscprtn) is an option you can use to further modify the partitioning on a port.
Full Name
Configure Card Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
cnfcdrscprtn <PAR_max_conns> <PNNI_max_conns> <Tag_max_conns>
Syntax Description
PAR_max_conns
|
Maximum number of PAR connections, in the range appropriate for the current card.
• PXM range = 0-32,767 GLCNs
• FRSM range = 1-4000
• AUSM range = 1-1000
• CESM range = 1-1000
• SRM range = 1-1000
|
PNNI_max_conns
|
Maximum number of PNNI connections. Enter the value 0 (zero).
|
Tag_max_conns
|
Maximum number of TAG connections.
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn, dspcdrsctype
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any (Active for PXM) Privilege: Any
Example 1-78 On the current PXM, change the card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. Note that the value for PNNI currently is 0
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000
cnfchan
Use the cnfchan command to configure channels on the current service card.
Full Name
Configure Channel
Card(s) on Which the Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
cnfchan <LCN> <chan_rte_pri> <chan_max_cost> <chan_restrict_trk_type>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
LCN, in the range16-4111.
|
chan_rte_pri
|
Channel route priority, in the range 1-15.
|
max_cost
|
Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.
|
chan_restrict_trk_type
|
Value to set Channel Restrict Trunk Type
• 1 = No Restriction
• 2 = Terrestrial Trunk
• 3 = Satellite Trunk)
|
Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1
cnfchan <chan_num> <RoutingPriority> <MaxCost> <RestrictTrunkType> <PCR> <MCR> <PctUtil>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
RoutingPriority
|
Routing Priority, in the range 1-15.
|
MaxCost
|
Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.
|
RestrictTrunk Type
|
Value to set Restrict Trunk Type.
• 1 = No Restriction
• 2 = Terrestrial Trunk
• 3 = Satellite Trunk
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells/second.
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells/second.
|
PctUtil
|
Percentage of utilization, in the range 1-100.
|
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1
cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <ISenable> <ForceIS>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.
|
CDVT
|
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance in the range appropriate for T1 or E1.
• T1 = 125-24000 microseconds
• E1 = 125-32000 microseconds
|
CLIP
|
Cell Loss Integration Period. Enter a value in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
Maximum Egress Buffer size, as appropriate for T1 or E1.
• Structured T1 = 9216 bytes (maximum)
• Unstructured T1 or E1 = 16384 bytes (maximum)
|
clock mode
|
Value to set clock mode of the CBR virtual circuit.
• 1 = synchronous clocking
• 2 = Synchronous Residual Time Stamp clocking
• 3 = Adaptive clocking
|
ISenable
|
Value to enable or disable idle suppression.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
ForceIS
|
Value to set forced idle suppression or normal operations.
• 1 = normal operation
• 2 = force Virtual Circuit into Idle signal code suppression
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3
cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.
|
CDVT
|
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance, in the range appropriate for T3 or E3.
• T3 range = 125-24000 microseconds
• E3 range = 125-32000 microseconds
|
CLIP
|
Cell Loss Integration Period, in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
Maximum Egress Buffer size, in bytes. Set up to the maximum 16384 for unstructured T3 or E3.
|
Related Commands
addchan
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-79 On the current AUSM in slot 17, change the configuration for channel 16 to set a routing priority of 1, a maximum cost of 5, restrict trunk routing for this channel to terrestrial trunks only, set the peak cell rate to 655525 cells per second, set the minimum cell rate to 655525 cells per second, and set the percent utilization to 100 percent
spirit.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfchan 16 1 5 2 65525 65525 100
cnfchaneir
Use the cnfchaneir command to configure the frame relay policing parameter "excess information rate" (EIR), which is the second bucket leak rate for a channel. No messages appear on the screen unless an error occurs.
Available
Release 1.1.21 and higher
Full Name
Configure channel EIR
Card(s) on Which the Command Executes
FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-VHS
Syntax: PXM
cnfchaneir <chan_num> <zerocireir>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Specifies the channel for which you are modifying the policing parameter.Values are:
• For FRSM-8T1/E1, 16-1015
• For FRSM-2CT3, 16-4015
• For FRSM-2T3/E3 and FRSM-HS2, 16-2015
|
zerocireir
|
Specifies the excess information rate for 0 CIR cases. Values are:
• For FRSM-8T1, 0-1536000 bps
• For FRSM-8E1, 0-2048000 bps
• For FRSM-2CT3, 0-1536000 bps
• For FRSM-2T3, 0-44210000 bps
• For FSM-2E3, 0-34010000 bps
• For FRSM-HS2 0-51840000 bps
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
cnfchancacoff
Use the cnfchancacoff command to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function for a channel.
Full Name
Configure Channel CAC Off
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchancacoff <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• HS1/B range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-80 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration for channel 16 to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchancacoff 16
cnfchanegressq
Use the cnfchanegressq command to configure the egress queue for a specified channel.
Full Name
Configure Channel Egress Queue
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanegressq <chan_num> <Qsel> <Qdepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Qsel
|
Value to set Egress queue select.
• 1 = High priority queue, usually used for CBR (Committed Bit Rate) connections.
• 2 = Low priority queue (default).
• 3 = Not used. This option only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.
|
Qdepth
|
Egress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
QDEThresh
|
Egress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE). Default = 32767 bytes
|
QECNThresh
|
Egress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
Related Commands
cnfchaningressq
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-81 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanegressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535
cnfchanfst
Use the cnfchanfst command to configure ForeSight parameters for a Frame Relay or ATM channel.
Full Name
Configure Channel ForeSight
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
cnfchanfst <chan_num> <fst_enable> <mir> <pir> <qir>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
fst_enable
|
Value to enable or disable ForeSight.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
mir
|
Minimum information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 the range = 10-8000 in cell/sec.
• T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cell/sec.
Default = 1000
|
pir
|
Peak information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 10-8000 in cell/sec.
• T3/E3/HS2/2CT3, the range is 10-400000 in cell/sec.
Default = 1000
|
qir
|
Quiescent information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 0-8000 in cell/sec.
• T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cell/sec.
Default = 1000
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfchanfst <port.VPI.VCI | channel number> <enable | disable> <fgcra_enable> <ibs> <pcr> <mcr> <icr>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• vpi range = 1-4095
• vci range = 1-65535
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable | disable
|
Value to enable or disable ForeSight:
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
fgcra_enable
|
Value to enable or disable FGCRA for the specified channel.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
ibs
|
Initial burst size, in the range 0-5000 cells.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second.
• 10-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
• IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second.
• 0-PortRate(T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
• For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
icr
|
Initial cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second.
• 0-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
• For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-82 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the minimum information rate to 1000 cells per second, to set the peak information rate to 1000 cells per second, and to set the quiescent information rate to 1000 cells per second
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanfst 16 1 1000 1000 1000
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Example 1-83 On the current AUSM in slot 12, changing the configuration using the port.VPI.VCI argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 2.1.5 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000
Example 1-84 On the current AUSM in slot 12, changing the configuration using the channel number argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 31 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000
Note
This command is valid only for ABR-type channels.
cnfchaningressq
Use the cnfchaningressq command to configure the Ingress queue for a specified channel.
Full Name
Configure Channel Ingress Queue
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchaningressq <chan_num> <Qsel> <Qdepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• HS1/B range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Qsel
|
FRSM-8T1/E1 only.
Value to set Egress queue select.
• 1 = High priority queue, usually used for Committed Bit Rate (CBR) connections.
• 2 = Low priority queue (default).
• 3 = Not used. This option only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.
|
Qdepth
|
Ingress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
QDEThresh
|
Ingress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE).
Default = 32767 bytes
|
QECNThresh
|
Ingress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.
Default value = 65535 bytes
|
Related Commands
cnfchanegressq
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-85 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchaningressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535
cnfchanmap
Use the cnfchanmap command to configure interworking field mapping for a specified channel.
Full Name
Configure Channel Map
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanmap <chan_num> <chanType> <FECN/EFCI> <DE to CLP> <CLP to DE>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• HS1/B range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
chanType
|
Value to set channel type.
• 1 = network interworking
• 2 = service interworking in transparent mode
• 3 = service interworking in translation mode
• 4 = FUNI
• 5 = frame forwarding
|
FECN/EFCI
|
Value to set mapping between FECN and EFCI.
• 1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for service interworking)
• 2 = make EFCI 0
|
DE to CLP
|
Value to set DE to CLP mapping.
• 1 = map DE to CLP
• 2 = make CLP 0
• 3 = make CLP 1
|
CLP to DE
|
Value to set CLP to DE mapping.
• 1 = map CLP to DE
• 2 = make DE 0
• 3 = make DE 1
• 4 = ignore CLP (this option valid only for network interworking)
|
Related Commands
dspchanmap
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-86 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the interworking channel mapping for channel 16 to set the channel type to network interworking, to set EFCI equal to 0, to set the DE to CLP mapping to map DE to CLP, and to set the CLP to DE mapping to map CLP to DE
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanmap 16 1 1 1
cnfchanpol
Use the cnfchanpol command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameters for a channel. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure Channel Policing
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanpol <chan_num> <cir> <bc> <be> <ibs> <detag>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• HS1/B range = 16-1025
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
cir
|
Committed Information Rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• T1 range = 0-1536000 bps
• E1 range = 0-2048000 bps
• T3 range = 0-44210000 bps
• E3 range = 0-34010000 bps
• HSSI range = 0-51840000 bps
Default = 2400 bits per second (bps)
Note that for the FRSM-2CT3 service module, the peak value for permissible CIR is 1536000 bits per second.
|
bc
|
Burst Committed rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
• FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
• FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes
Default = 5100 bytes.
• Note that the Burst Committed value cannot be 0 when the Committed Information Rate is not 0.
• The Burst Committed value MUST be set to 0 when the Committed Information Rate is set to 0.
|
be
|
Burst Excess rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
• FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-2097151 bytes
Default = 5100 bytes
• Note that the Burst Excess value cannot be 0 when the Committed Information Rate is set to 0.
|
ibs
|
Initial Burst Size, the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
• FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
• FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
• FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes
Default =100 bytes
• Note that the Initial Burst Size should be less than or equal to the value of Burst Committed when the Committed Information Rate is set to greater than 0.
• When the Committed Information Rate is set to 0, the Initial Burst Size MUST be set to 0.
|
detag
|
Value to enable or disable ingress Discard Eligible (DE) tagging.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable (default)
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-87 On the current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the committed information rate to 100000 cells per second, to set the committed burst size to 65535 bytes, to set the burst excess to 65535 bytes, to set the initial burst size to 1000 bytes, and to enable Discard Eligible tagging
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanpol 16 1 100000 65535 65535 1000 1
cnfchanq
Use the cnfchanq command configure queue parameters for a specified channel on the current PXM or AUSM.
Full Name
Configure Channel Queue
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfchanq <LCN> <discard_option> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
discard_option
|
Value to set discard option for hysteresis or frame discard.
• 1 =CLP Hysteresis
• 2 = Frame Discard
|
clp_thresh_high
|
CLP Threshold High, in the range 1-491520 cells.
Once the High Cell Loss Priority threshold is exceeded cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
clp_thresh_low
|
CLP Threshold Low, in the range 1-491520 cells.
Once the low Cell Loss Priority threshold is passed cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
efci_thresh
|
EFCI Threshold, in the range 1-491520 cells.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
Congestion Update
|
Value to set congestion update.
• 1 = Don't Update
• 2 = Set CI Bit
• 3 = Set EFCI Bit
• 4 = Clear EFCI
|
Max Cell Count
|
Maximum cell count, in the range 0-512000 cells.
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfchanq <chan_num> <vc_q_depth> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
vc_q_depth
|
Ingress Queue Depth, in the range 0-16000 cells.
|
clp_thresh_high
|
CLP Threshold High, in the range 1-16000 cells.
Once the High Cell Loss Priority threshold is exceeded, cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
clp_thresh_low
|
CLP Threshold Low, in the range 1-16000 cells.
Once the low Cell Loss Priority threshold is exceeded, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
efci_thresh
|
EFCI Threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2 on AUSM, Any on PXM
Example 1-88 On the current AUSM in slot 1, change the configuration of the channel queue for channel 16 to set the ingress queue depth to 16000, the CLP High threshold to 16000, the CLP Low threshold to 10000, and the EFCI threshold to 12000
spirit.1.1.AUSM.a > cnfchanq 16 16000 16000 10000 12000
cnfchansrvrate
Use the cnfchansrvrate command to provision the service rate of a channel independent of the CIR rate of the connection. This feature separates the policing parameters (CIR, BC, BE, IBS) from the service rate, providing you with more traffic management control over the connection.
Full Name
Configure Channel Service Rate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2, FRSM-8
Syntax
cnfchansrvrate <LCN> <ena | dis> <srvrate>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
Channel number, in the range:
• FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-HS1, 16-1015
• FRSM-HS2, 2T3, 2E3, 16-2015
• FRSM-2CT3, 16-4015
|
<ena | dis>
|
A numeric value.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
srvrate
|
The actual service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in CPS).
• For VHS modules, the maximum rate is 285714 CPS
|
Related Commands
cnfchanfst
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any state Privilege: Any
Example 1-89 Configure the SAR on the current FRSM, service connection 16, at 4000 cells per second, even though the CIR for the connection may be set to 0
NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a > cnfchansrvrate 16 1 4000
NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a >
cnfclksrc
Use the cnfclksrc command to configure an interface as a clock source. Available clock sources are shown in . Any combination of clock sources are configurable in any order (primary or secondary). For example, you can configure an external clock source as the primary clock source and a line as the secondary clock source. If the primary and secondary clock sources fail, than the internal oscillator becomes the source.
Before using the cnfclksrc command, the PXM1 broadband interfaces and the service module lines must be configured. Therefore, you would first need to run the addln command, then the addport command.Configure only one clock source each time you execute cnfclksrc, and run the command from the active PXM1.
Table 1-6
Clock Source
|
Description
|
Internal clock
|
Comes from an oscillator on the PXM1. It is the default source when the switch first comes up and remains so until you specify a different clock source.
|
Inband clock
|
Originates on a BPX 8600-series node or another vendor's switch and comes through the trunk on the PXM1 uplink card.
|
External clock
|
Comes from an external timing source and arrives at the T1 or E1 clock connector on the PXM UI. Frequently, the external source is a highly reliable, dedicated device that can provide a Stratum 2 or Stratum 3 clock. (As the subsequent configuration steps show, an additional step is necessary for an external clock source.)
|
Line on a service module or PXM1 UNI port
|
The PXM UNI line source is available on a stand-alone node only. A line must be active before you can specify it as a clock source.
|
Clock Sources
Full Name
Configure Clock Source
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM. AUSM
Syntax: PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
cnfclksrc <slot.port> <clktype>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
For the PXM1:
• Slot is 7, regardless of where the active PXM1 resides.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
For the FRSM, CESM, AUSM:
Slot and port number.
• Slot = 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
For the trunk to a BPX 8600-series or other backbone node-sourced clock:
• Port is always 1.
For the external clock:
• Port is always 35.
For the UNI line (stand-alone only):
• Port depends upon the number of lines on the back card.
For a service module providing the clock source:
• Slot is the slot number of the card.
• Port is the number of the line that provides the clock.
If you're using an external clock source:
Use the cnfextclk command to select the T1 or E1 line and the impedance of the line. The command syntax is
cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>
where:
• <ClockType> 1 = T1 source, 2 = E1 source
• <Impedance> is one of the following:
– T1 source: 1 = 75 ohms
– E1 source: 2 = 100 ohms, 3 = 120 ohms
|
clktype
|
Value to set the clock type to be sourced on the specified interface.
• p = primary
• s = secondary
• n = null: use only for removing clock configuration that currently applies to the specified slot.port
|
Related Commands
dspclksrc, dspclkinfo, cnfextclk
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-90 Configure the inband (trunk) interface as the primary clock source and an external clock device as the secondary source
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclksrc 7.1 P
spirit1r.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclksrc 7.35 S
cnfcon
Use the cnfcon command to configure connectivity parameters on the PXM, AUSM, FRSM, or CESM. The applicable parameters were previously specified by the addcon command.
Full Name
Configure Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
cnfcon <conn_ID> <route_priority> <max_cost> <restrict_trunk_type> [CAC]
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.
|
route_priority
|
Routing priority number, in the range 1-15.
|
max_cost
|
Maximum cost for the connection, in the range 1-255.
|
restrict_trunk_type
|
Value to set restriction on the trunk.
• 1 = no restriction
• 2 = terrestrial trunk
• 3 = satellite trunk
|
CAC
|
Optional value to enable or disable connection admission control.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM
cnfcon <Port.Dlci> <chan_type> <cir> [CAC]
Syntax Description
Port.Dlci
|
Port number and DLCI.
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
• 1 = NIW
• 2 = SIW-transparent
• 3 = SIW-xlation
• 4 = FUNI
• 5 = frForward
|
cir
|
Committed rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• T1 range = 0-1536000
• E1 range = 0-2048000
• X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps
• HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps
|
CAC
|
Optional value to enable or disable connection admission control.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
Syntax: CESM
cnfcon <port_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <IdleSuppression> <ForceSuppression>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Unique port number.
|
CDVT
|
Cell delay variation, as appropriate for the interface.
• T1 range = 125-24000 microseconds
• E1 range = 125-26000 microseconds.
|
CLIP
|
Cell loss integration period, in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
• egress bufsize = 0 to autocompute.
• Min value depends on CDVT configured.
• Min BufSize = greater (CDVT in frames * 2) * N, (CDVT + frames in 2 cells) * N}
• Max for T1 UDT and E1 UDT: 16224 bytes
• Max for T1 SDT: 384 * N bytes
• Max for E1 SDT: 417 * N bytes, where N is the number of timeslots assigned in Nx64 connection, and N = 32 for T1/E1 UDT
|
clockmode
|
Value to set clock mode.
• 1 = synchronous
• 2 = SRTS
• 3 = adaptive
|
IdleSuppression
|
Value to enable or disable idle suppression.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
ForceSuppression
|
Value to enable or disable external idle suppression.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
addcon, dspcon, dspcons, delcon
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-91 Configures the connection on port 1 with a VCI of 2 and a VPI of 5 to use routing priority 15, a maximum routing cost of 255, to not use satellite trunks, and to enable connection admission control
spirit01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcon 1.2.5 15 255 3 2
cnfdate
Use the cnfdate command to set the system date.
Full Name
Configure Date
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfdate <mm/dd/yyyy>
Syntax Description
mm/dd/yyyy
|
Month, day, year
• mm = month, in the range 01 through 12
• dd = day, in the range 01-31
• yy = year, in the 0000-9999
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-92 Set date to be 11/24/1999
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfdate 11/24/1999
cnfdsx3bert
Use the cnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for BERT testing on the FRSM.
Full Name
Configure DS3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
cnfdsx3bert <test pattern>
Syntax Description
test pattern
|
Value to define DSX3 BERT pattern
• 1 = all ones
• 2 = all zeros
• 3 = alternating ones and zeroes
• 4 = double alternating ones and zeros
• 5 = 3 in 24
• 6 = 1 in 16
• 7 = 1 in 8
• 8 = 1 in 4
• 9 = D4 loop activate
• 10 = D4 loop deactivate
• 11 = 2**3-1
• 12 = 2**4-1
• 13 = 2**5-1
• 14 = 2**6-1
• 15 = 2**7-1
• 16 = FT1 LB activate
• 17 = FT1 LB deactivate
|
• 18 = 2**9-1
• 19 = 2**10-1
• 20 = 2**11-1
• 21 = 2**15-1
• 22 = 2**17-1
• 23 = 2**18-1
• 24 = 2**20-1
• 25 = QRSS
• 26 = 2**21-1
• 27 = 2**22-1
• 28 = 2**23-1
• 29 = 2**25-1
• 30 = 2**28-1
• 31 = 2**28-1
• 32 = 2**31-1
• 33 = 2**32-1
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-93 Set the double alternating ones-and-zeroes pattern for the BERT
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > cnfdsx3bert 4
cnfegrservtype
Use the cnfegrservtype command to change the Egress port servicing algorithm. Egress port queue servicing type is a card level option. You can choose either four-queue, Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) algorithm with quality of service guaranteed, or simple ratio-based, two-queue algorithm without quality of service.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Full Name
Configure Egress Servicing Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
cnfegrservtype <servicing type>
Syntax Description
servicing type
|
A value representing one of the following servicing types:
• 87 = WFQ algorithm with four queues.
• 99 = Ratio-based algorithm with two queues.
|
Related Commands
dspegrservtype
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-94 Configure Egress service type to queue ratio
raviraj.1.10.VHS2CT3.a > cnfegrservtype "99"
The card will be reset, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes
Err: card reset/removed/failed on slot 10
slot 2 (cardInx 3) is present, insertion msg from PXM 7
cnfextclk
Use the cnfextclk command to configure the line type and impedance of the external clocking source.
Full Name
Configure External Clocking
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>
Syntax Description
ClockType
|
Value to set is the clock source on the line.
• 1 = T1
• 2 = E1
|
Impedance
|
Value to set impedance for the line selected as the external clocking source.
• 1 = 75 ohms
• 2 = 100 ohms
• 3 = 120 ohms
|
Related Commands
dspextclk
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Group3
Example 1-95 Configure the clocking to be extracted from an E1 line with an impedance of
100 ohms
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfextclk 2 2
cnfenetgw
Use the cnfenetgw command to establish the Ethernet gateway route permanently.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Full Name
Configure Ethernet Gateway
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfenetgw <IPaddress>
Syntax Description
IPaddress
|
IP address for the default gateway; a subnet.
|
Related Commands
dspenetgw
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Super Group
Example 1-96 Configures the gateway 172.29.37.1 and adds the necessary routes
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfenetgw 172.28.37.1
cnffst
Use the cnffst command to configure ForeSight parameters for the current card.
Full Name
Configure ForeSight
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
cnffst <rate_up> <rate_down> <rate-fast_down> <qir_time_out> <rtd_interval>
Syntax Description
rate_up
|
Rate up, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth is available, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight increases transmission (as a percentage of MIR).
|
rate_down
|
Rate down, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth becomes unavailable, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).
|
rate-fast_down
|
Rate fast down, in the range 1-100 percent. If a cell is dropped or the TxQ is full, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).
|
qir_time_out
|
QIR timeout period before resetting IR to QIR, in the range 1-255 seconds.
|
rtd_interval
|
Interval between Round Trip Delay measurement requests, in the range 1-255 seconds.
|
Related Commands
dspfst
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
cnfif
Use the cnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You may need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for a interface. Refer to the upif command description for more information on resource partitioning.
Full Name
Configure a Broadband Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfif <if_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
pct_bw
|
Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum VPI value for UNI or NNI.
• UNI range = 0-255
• NNI range = 0-4095
UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI value for UNI or NNI.
• UNI range = 0-255
• NNI range = 0-4095
UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-97 Configure broadband interface number 1 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfif 1 10 0 19
Example 1-98 Confirm configuration for the broadband interface
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
cnfifastrk
Use the cnfifastrk PAR command to configure a logical interface on the PXM to act as a feeder trunk. The application for this command is dependent upon the activation of the paid feature option of feeder capability on the MGX 8800 series switch node. Before configuring the interface as a feeder trunk the option must be activated with the cnfswfunc command. Therefore, the default is "rtrk" for routing trunk. The routing trunk utilization applies to both a routing node and a stand-alone node.
Full Name
Configure Interface as Trunk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfifastrk <slot.port> <iftype>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
• slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
• port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
iftype
|
Trunk type.
• ftrk = feeder trunk
• rtrk = routing trunk (default)
|
Related Commands
uncnfifastrk
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 2
Example 1-99 Configure line 1 on the PXM in slot 7 as a feeder trunk
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifastrk 7.1 ftrk
cnfifip
Use the cnfifip command to configure the interface address for LAN, SLIP, or ATM on the PXM. In addition, you can specify an interface to be up or down dynamically. No reboot is required to bring an interface up or down, and interfaces set to "down" are persistant across resets.
A shelf now can have one or two IP addresses for Ethernet. The shelf IP address set using the cnfifip command will always be the IP address of the active card.
The bootChange IP address is used for the standby card and backup boot if it is different from the shelf IP address. If the bootChange IP address is same as the shelf IP address, then the Ethernet interface on the standby card or in backup boot is left in the down state.
Software Version
New feature (up/down IP interface) available with 1.1.20 and higher
Full Name
Configure Interface Address
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfifip <Interface> [[<IP_Addr> <Net_Mask> <BroadcastAddr>] | InterfaceFlag]
Syntax Description
Interface
|
Value to set interface as Ethernet, SLIP, or ATM.
• 26 = Ethernet
• 28 = SLIP
• 37 = ATM
|
IP_Addr
|
32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Net_Mask
|
<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255>
If netmask "255.255.255.252" is used for the SLIP interface, the PXM will automatically add host route for its peer whenever the interface is turned ON.
|
BroadcastAddr
|
<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255.
|
InterfaceFlag
|
Interface flag, either UP or DOWN.
|
Related Commands
dspifip
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active only Privilege: Super Group
Example 1-100 Configure the ATM interface and bring it up
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configuration for the interface address, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-101 Configure the ATM interface with the current information in the database
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm up
Example 1-102 Remove the ATM interface and preserve the information in the database
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm down
cnfilmi
Use the cnfilmi command to configure the local management interface port on the PXM or AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Full Name
Configure ILMI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfilmi <ifNum> <bbIfSigPortNum> <ilmiEnable> <sigProtocolType> <signallingVPI> <siganllingVCI> <iLMITrap> <minTrapInterval> <keepAlive> <errorThresholdN491> <pollingIntervaalT491> <eventThresholdN492> <minEnquiryIntervalT493> <addrRegEnable>
Syntax Description
ifNum
|
Interface number.
|
bbIfSigPortNum
|
Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.
|
ilmiEnable
|
Enable or disable ILMI.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
sigProtocolType
|
Value to set signal protocol type.
• 1 = other
• 2 = no signalling
• 3 = ILMI
|
signallingVPI
|
Signaling virtual path identifier, in the range 0-4095.
|
siganllingVCI
|
Signaling virtual channel identifier, in the range 0-4095.
|
iLMITrap
|
Enable or disable ILMI trap.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
minTrapInterval
|
Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
keepAlive
|
Enable or disable keep alive function.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
errorThresholdN491
|
Error threshold N491, in the range 1-10.
|
pollingIntervaalT491
|
Polling interval T491, in the range v1-v12.
|
eventThresholdN492
|
Event threshold N492, in the range 1-10.
|
minEnquiryIntervalT493
|
Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20.
|
addrRegEnable
|
Enable or disable address registration.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfilmi <port_num> <signal_type> <vpi> <vci> <scr> <trap_enable> <min_trap_int> <keep_alive>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
signal_type
|
Value to set signalling type.
• 1 = other
• 2 = no signalling
• 3 = ILMI
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier, in the range 0-259.
|
vci
|
Virtual circuit identifier, in the range 0-65535.
|
trap_enable
|
Value to enable or disable ILMI trap.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
min_trap_int
|
Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
keep_alive
|
Value to enable or disable Keep Alive Polling.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1 (Cisco for PXM)
cnfimagrp
Use the cnfimagrp command to configure delay and resilient links Inverse Multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Full Name
Configure IMA Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfimagrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>
Syntax Description
grp
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
max_diff_delay
|
Maximum tolerable differential delay between the various links in the IMA group in the range appropriate for the SM type.
• AUSM8-T1 = 0-275 milliseconds
• AUSM8-E1 = 0-200 milliseconds
|
min_num_links
|
Number of resilient links in the inverse multiplexer. This setting is the number of links the system can lose from this IMA group without bringing it down.
Default = one less than the number of links in the selected group.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-103 Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfimagrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2
cnfln
Use the optional cnfln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln). Applicable cards are the core cards and service modules. For the PXM1 and optional SRM, a syntax switch or command delineator is necessary to identify the interface type as well as the parameters. (See syntax descriptions that follow.)
Note
On the PXM1 CLI, all parameters for this command are optional and position-independent. Therefore, you can enter them in any order after the interface identifier. A parameter value is mandatory only if you type the delineator for that parameter.
Full Name
Configure Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Note
The cnfln command on the PXM supports a loopback parameter.
On all PXM interfaces, a loopback is available. The local loopback exists between the daughter card and the back card. The remote loopback exists between the CPE or switch and the PXM daughter card.With a remote loopback, the data originates on the CPE or external switch, arrives at the PXM daughter card, then returns to the remote equipment. (See .)
Figure 1-4 Local and Remote Loopbacks on the PXM
Syntax: PXM (SONET)
cnfln -sonet <LineNum> -slt <LineType> -lpb <LoopCmd> -smask <HCSmasking>
-sps <PayloadScramble> -sfs <FrameScramble>
Syntax Description
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
• Slot number is 7 or 8.
• The line number is 1 for the OC-12 card or in the range 1-4 for the OC-3 card.
|
-slt
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.
|
LineType
|
Line type:
• 1 = sonetSts3c
• 2 = sonetStm1
• 3 = sonetSts12c
• 4 = sonetStm4
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the SONET interface.
• 1 specifies no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
• 2 specifies that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
• 3 specifies that the near end loops back local data.
|
-smask
|
Command delineator that precedes the HCSmasking entry.
|
HCSmasking
|
Enable or disable HCS masking.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-sps
|
Command delineator that precedes the PayloadScramble entry.
|
PayloadScramble
|
Enable or disable payload scramble.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-sfs
|
Command delineator that precedes the FrameScramble entry.
|
FrameScramble
|
Enable or disable frame scramble.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax: PXM (T3)
cnfln -ds3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -len <LineLength> -oof <LineOOFCriteria>
-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck> -lpb <LoopCmd> -rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port and has the following possible values:
• For a PXM1, the slot is 7 or 8. For an optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI), the slot is 15, 16, 31, or 32.
• The port is 1-2 for a PXM1 or 1-3 for an SRM.
|
-lc
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.
|
LineCoding
|
Value to set line coding for Zero Code Suppression B3ZS or HDB3.
• 1 = B3ZS on a dsx3 line
• 2 = HDB3 on an E3 line
|
-len
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.
|
LineLength
|
Value to set number of line feet.
• 1 = less than 225 feet
• 2 = 225 feet or more
|
-oof
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineOOFCriteria entry.
|
LineOOFCriteria
|
Value to set threshold for triggering an Out Of Frame condition.
• 1 = 3 out of 8 An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 8 framing bits are in error.
• 2 = 3 out of 16 An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 16 framing bits are in error.
|
-cb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineAIScBitsCheck entry.
|
LineAIScBitsCheck
|
Value to set test of the c-bit in response to AIS status.
• 1 = check the c-bit
• 2 = ignore the c-bit
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the DS3/T3 interface. The looped data is the line framing synchronization and is sent every 10 ms. The loop exists on the daughter card attached to the PXM1 front card. The back card is involved only as a passive part of the loopback and only in the case of a remote loopback. For remote loopback, the far end can be CPE on a UNI port or a switch at the far end of a trunk. For local loopback, the data passes between only the PXM1 front card and the daughter card. Note that the mere execution of a loop may clear line alarms.
• 1 specifies no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
• 2 specifies that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
• 3 specifies local data loopback.
|
-rfeac
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineRcvFEACValidation entry.
|
LineRcvFEACValidation
|
A number to specify criteria to validate far-end alarm and control (FEAC) code.
• Enter 1 to specify 4 out of 5. A valid FEAC code is declared if 4 of 5 codes match.
• Enter 2 to specify 8 out of 10. A valid FEAC code is declared if 8 of 10 codes match.
|
Syntax: PXM E3
cnfln -e3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -len <LineLength> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-topt <TrailTraceOption> -txtt <txTrailTrace> -txma <txTimingMarker>
-rxma <rxTimingMarker> -txpt <txPayloadType>
Syntax Description
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line and has the following possible values:
• For a PXM1, the slot is 7 or 8. For an optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI), the slot is 15, 16, 31, or 32.
• The line number is 1-2 for the E3 back card on the PXM1. No E3 back card exists for the SRM.
|
-lc
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.
|
LineCoding
|
Value to set line coding for Zero Code Suppression B3ZS or HDB3.
• 1 = B3ZS on a dsx3 line
• 2 = HDB3 on an E3 line
|
-len
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.
|
LineLength
|
Value to set number of line feet.
• 1 = less than 225 feet
• 2 = 225 feet or more
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the E3 interface.
• 1 specifies no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
• 2 specifies that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
• 3 specifies local data loopback.
|
-topt
|
Command delineator that precedes the TrailTraceOption entry.
|
TrailTraceOption
|
Enable or disable trail trace.
• 1= disable
• 2 = enable
|
-txtt
|
Command delineator that precedes the txTrailTrace entry.
|
txTrailTrace
|
Length of the trail trace string in the transmit direction (away from the switch). The maximum length of txTrailTrace is 16 bytes.
|
-txma
|
Command delineator that precedes the txTimingMarker entry.
|
txTimingMarker
|
Value to set the timing marker tracer during outbound transmission.
• 1 = traceable
• 2 = untraceable
|
-rxma
|
Command delineator that precedes the rxTimingMarker entry.
|
rxTimingMarker
|
Value to set the timing marker tracer during inbound transmission.
• 1 = traceable
• 2 = untraceable
|
-txpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the txPayloadType entry.
|
txPayloadType
|
Value to set payload type.
• 1 = unequipped
• 2 = equipped
• 3 = ATM
• 4 = sdhtu12s
|
Syntax: FRSM 8T1, 8E1, 2CT3
cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <clk_src>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS1 Line number, in the range 1-56.
|
line_type
|
Value to define type of line to be configured.
• 1 = dsx1ESF
• 2 = dsx1D4
|
clk_src
|
Value to define DSX1 clock source.
• 1 = loop clock
• 2 = local clock
|
Syntax: FRSM 2T3, 2E3, 2CT3, HS2
cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS3 Line number, in the range 1-2.
|
line_type
|
Value to define type of line to be configured.
• 1 = C-bit parity
• 2 = g832_g804
• 3 = M13
• 4 = g751
|
line_len
|
Value to define length of line.
• 1 = less than 225 feet
• 2 = greater than 225 feet
|
clk_src
|
Value to define DSX3 clock source.
• 1 = backplane clock
• 2 = recovery clock
• 3 = local clock
|
Syntax: FRSM HS1/B
cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <line_rate>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-4.
|
line_type
|
Value to define line type.
• 1 = DTE
• 2 = DCE
• 3 = DTE_ST (V.35 only)
|
line_rate
|
Value to define line rate, in the range 48 Kbps - 52 Mbps.
1= 48000 11= 320000 21= 1792000 31= 6315000 41=12629000
2= 56000 12= 336000 22= 1920000 32= 7744000 42=13897000
3= 64000 13= 384000 23= 1984000 33= 7899000 43=14222000
4= 112000 14= 392000 24= 2048000 34= 8192000 44=14336000
5= 128000 15= 448000 25= 3097000 35= 9289000 45=15488000
6= 168000 16= 512000 26= 3157000 36= 9472000 46=15799000
7= 192000 17= 768000 27= 4096000 37=10240000 47=16384000
8= 224000 18= 1024000 28= 4645000 38=10890000 48=20025000
9= 256000 19= 1536000 29= 4736000 39=11059000 49=24986000
10= 280000 20= 1544000 30= 6195000 40=12390000 50=52000000
|
AUSM, CESM, VISM (for T1 or E1)
cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signaling]
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
line_code
|
Value to set line coding.
• 2 = B8ZS, applies to T1
• 3 = HDB3, applies to E1
• 4 = AMI, applies to T1 or E1
|
line_len
|
Line length, as appropriate for the interface.
• T1: 10-15
• E1 with SMB module: 8
• E1 with R-J48 module: 9
|
clk_src
|
Value to set clock source as either loop clock or local clock.
• 1 = loop clock
• 2 = local clock
|
E1-signaling
|
• CAS: CAS, no CRC
• CAS_CRC: CAS with CRC
• CCS: CCS no CRC
• CCS_CRC: CCS with CRC
• CLEAR: Clear E1
|
Related Commands
addln, delln, dsplns, dspln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-104 Configure line 4 on the current card (an AUSM in slot 4) to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 10, and use the loop clock as a clock source
wilco.1.4.AUSM.a > cnfln 4 2 10 1
cnflnsubrate
Use cnflnsubrate to configure the T/E3 line subrate mode. This command provides T3/E3 line sub-rates for Digital Link and ADC Kentrox DSUs.
Possible errors associated with this command are
•
Illegal/invalid parameters
•
Feature is already enabled
•
Line doesn't exist
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Full Name
Configure Line Subrate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-2T3/2E3
Syntax
cnflnsubrate <line_num> <dsu_subrate_ena> <dsu_select> <dsu_scramble_ena> <dsu_line_rate >
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS3 line number, in the range 1 to 2.
|
dsu_subrate_ena
|
One of the following values:
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
dsu_select
|
One of the following modes:
• 1 = Digital Link 3100 Mode
• 2 = ADC-Kentrox
|
dsu_scramble_ena
|
DSU line scrambling; either:
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
dsu_line_rate
|
A DSU line rate, values ranging from x to y.
For DL3100:
• FRSM-2T3: x = 300, y = 44210
• FRSM-2E3: x = 358, y = 34010
For ADC-Kentrox Mode:
• FRSM-2T3/E3: x = 500, y = 44210 or 34010 in steps of x-value
|
.
Related Commands
dspds3ln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
cnfname
Use the cnfname PAR command to set the switch name. The name can consist of letters, special characters "_" and "-" and numbers. It must begin with a letter and cannot contain spaces. The name is case sensitive.
Full Name
Configure Name
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfname <node name>
Syntax Description
node name
|
Node name consisting of up to eight alpha-numeric characters.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-105 The prompt returns with the new name. However, on the command line, the name is truncated to eight characters because of the information displayed in the prompt
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfname kanchendzonga
cnfoamlpbk
Use the cnfoamlpbk command to configure the OAM loopback test. This nonintrusive test sends OAM cells to an idle PVC, one not receiving data for a whole minute, to verify connection continuity. No remote end loopback is necessary for this test to run. OAM cells are automatically recognized and returned without the need for the remote end to be looping back all data. If the end points reside in Fast Packet cards, then "test delay" cells are transmitted instead of OAM loopback cells.
The OAM cell is initiated at an end point and sent into the network, where it will be returned by the card at the remote end of the connection. (Note that the cells do not go through NNI trunks.) When ten consecutive cells are not received, the PVC is declared failed. The test logs alarms when significant continuous cell loss is encountered.
Once a failed PVC is detected, the local end from which the test started sends a network message to the end point node indicating a failure. This provides consistent network views for both ends of the connection.
Full Name
Configure OAM Loopback
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2
Syntax
cnfoamlpbk <action> <frequency>
Syntax Description
action
|
One of the following actions:
• 1 = OamRas enabled
• 2 = OamRas disabled
|
frequency
|
Frequency at which the loopback cells should be sent, in the range 1 to 10 minutes.
|
Related Commands
dspoamlpbk
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-106 Send OAM cells every 10 minutes on an FRSM-2CT3 card
NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a > cnfoamlpbk 1 10
NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a >
cnfpasswd
Use the cnfpasswd command to set the password for the specified User ID. Enter the command without arguments to change your own password. Prompts are presented to let you enter the new password and to confirm it.
Full Name
Configure Password
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfpasswd [<user_id>]
Syntax Description
Related Commands
cnfpwd
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-107 Change your own password. Prompts appear for you to enter the new password and confirm it.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnfpasswd
cnfplpp
Use the cnfplpp command to set PLPP parameters on the current AUSM card.
Full Name
Configure PLPP
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfplpp <phy_port_num> <loopback> <scramble> <singlebit_errcorr_ena>
Syntax Description
phy_port_num
|
Physical port number, in the range 1-8.
|
loopback
|
Value to set PLPP loopback.
• 1 = no loopback
• 2 = remote loopback
• 3 = local loopback
|
scramble
|
Enable or disable cell scramble.
• 1 = no scramble
• 2 = scramble
|
singlebit_errcorr_ena
|
Enable or disable single-bit error correction.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspplpp
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-108 Configure the PLPP parameters on port 1 on the current AUSM card in slot 22 to disable cell scramble, to disable PLPP loopback, and to disable single-bit error correction.
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfplpp 1 1 1 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configurations for PLPP parameters, use the dspplpp command.
Example 1-109 Confirm PLPP configuration
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1
CellScramble: No Scramble
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
cnfport
Use the cnfport command to configure service port on an FRSM or a PXM. The configuration can be verified using the dspport command.
Full Name
Configure Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfport <port_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_VPI> <max_VPI>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to allocated on the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_VPI
|
Minimum virtual path identifier, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_VPI
|
Maximum virtual path identifier, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: FRSM
cnfport <port_num> <lmi_sig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM
– 8-port T1 range = 1-192
– 8-port E1range = 1-248
– 4-port HS1 or HS2 range 1-4
– Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
– 2-port HS1 or HS2 range = 1-2
– Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
– Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
lmi_sig
|
LMI signaling protocol type.
• 1 = Other
• 2 = None
• 3 = StrataLMI
• 4 = AnnexAUNI
• 5 = AnnexDUNI
• 6 = AnnexANNI
• 7 = AnnexDNNI
|
ELMI
|
Enable or disable enhanced LMI.
N or n = disable
Y or y = enable
|
asyn
|
Enable or disable asynchronous update.
(y)es = enable
(n)o = disable (default)
|
T391
|
T391 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for NNI status polling.
Default = 10
|
T392
|
T392 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI status polling.
Default = 15
|
N391
|
N391 counter, in the range 1-255. This setting establishes the number of UNI/NNI polling cycles.
Default = 6
|
N392
|
N392 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI error threshold.
Default = 3
|
N393
|
N393 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI monitored events threshold, which must be greater than N392.
Default = 4
|
Related Commands
addport, delport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-110 Configure the port parameters on PXM port 1, in slot 8, to allocate all the bandwidth and to set the VPI range for 0-4095
spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfport 1 100 0 4095
cnfportcllm
Use the cnfportcllm command to set Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) parameters for a specified port on the current card. Use CLLM to pass ForeSight to another Cisco WAN switching network using NNI.
Full Name
Configure Port CLLM
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfportcllm <port_num> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM
– 8-port T1 range = 1-192
– 8-port E1range = 1-248
– 4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4
– Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
– 2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2
– Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
– Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
CLLMEN
|
Enable or disable CLLM.
• 1 = disable (default)
• 2 = enable
|
CLLMTM
|
CLLM Time, in the range 40-5000 milliseconds. This setting is the amount of time to wait to receive CLLM updates before timing out.
Default = 1000 (1 second)
|
Related Commands
dspportcllm
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
cnfportq
Use the cnfportq command to configure queue parameters for a specified port on the current AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Full Name
Configure Port Queue
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfportq <port_num> <q_num> <q_algo> <q_depth> <clp_high> <clp_low> <efci_thres>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
q_num
|
Value to set queue number.
• 1 = CBR
• 2 = ABR
• 3 = VBR
• 4 = UBR
|
q_algo
|
Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5.
0 = disable queue
|
q_depth
|
Queue depth is the maximum queue depth, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
clp_high
|
CLP high is the high Cell Loss Priority, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
clp_low
|
CLP low is the low Cell Loss Priority, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
efci_thres
|
EFCI threshold is the EFCI threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
cnfportrscprtn
Use the cnfportrscprtn command to configure the resources each controller application receives at a port.
You need to configure partitions at the port level if:
•
You configured card-level resource partitioning to be off.
•
You configured resource partitioning to be on, with or without specified controller allocations.
Full Name
Configure Port Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
cnfportrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set network control application.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
ingr_pct_bw
|
Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egr_pct_bw
|
Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum VPI Value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI Value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_vci
|
Minimum VCI Value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vci
|
Maximum VCI Value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_chans
|
Maximum number of GLCNs, in the range 0-32767.
|
Syntax: AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
cnfportrscprtn <portnum> <controller> <conn ID range> <percent bandwidth> [number of conns]
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM
– 8-port T1 range = 1-192
– 8-port E1range = 1-248
– 4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4
– Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
– 2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2
– Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
– Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
controller
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI (currently not used)
• 3 = Tag
|
conn ID range
|
Range of connection IDs available to the controller.
|
percent bandwidth
|
Percentage of the port bandwidth available to the controller. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
number of conns
|
Connections available to a controller on a port.
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1 (Service for PXM)
cnfprfparam
Use the cnfprfparam command to configure the bucket interval.
Full Name
Configure Preference Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfprfparam <bucket interval>
Syntax Description
bucket interval
|
Bucket interval, in the range 1-600 seconds.
|
Related Commands
dspprf, dspprfhist
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfprfparam 2
The bucket interval will be effective after the current bucket interval is over.
cnfrscprtn
Use the cnfrscprtn command to modify an existing resource partition. Refer to the description of addrscprtn for information on resource partitions.
A resource partition on a PXM consists of a percent of bandwidth, a VPI/VCI range, and the number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) available to a network control application. The current network control applications are Portable AutoRoute (PAR) and Tag Switching.
Full Name
Configure Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set network control application.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
ingr_pct_bw
|
Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egr_pct_bw
|
Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum VPI Value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI Value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_vci
|
Minimum VCI Value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vci
|
Maximum VCI Value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_chans
|
Maximum GLCNS, in the range 0-32767.
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn, dsplnrsc
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Service_GP
Example 1-111
MGX-01.1.2.PXM.a > cnfrscprtn 1 1 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
cnfserialif
Use the cnfserialif command to configure the speed of a serial port.
Full Name
Configure Serial Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfserialif -if <serial_port_num> -sp <serial_port_speed>
Syntax Description
-if
|
Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_num entry.
|
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number. Enter the value 1 (for console) or 2 (for slip).
|
-sp
|
Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_speed entry.
|
serial_port_speed
|
Value to set port speed.
• 1 = 9600bps
• 2 = 2400bps
• 3 = 19200bps
|
Related Commands
dspserialif
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-112 Configure the speed on slip for 19200bps
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfserialif -if 2 -sp 3
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2
SerialPortEnable : Enable
cnfslftst
Use the cnfslftst command configure the self-test routine on the current card.
Full Name
Configure Self-Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
cnfslftst -en <SelftestEnable> -tm <SelftestPeriod>
Syntax Description
-SelftestEnable
|
Enable or disable self-test.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
SelftestPeriod
|
Period, in minutes, between self tests in the range 1-60.
|
Related Commands
clrslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-113 Enable the self-test for the AUSM in slot 22, with a self-test period of five minutes
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfslftst -en 2 -tm 5
cnfsnmp
Use the cnfsnmp command to view the community strings configured on a service module. The default SNMP community string is set to POPEYE.
Full Name
Configure SNMP
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfsnmp <community string>
Syntax Description
community string
|
The SNMP community string, up to 18 characters in length.
|
Related Commands
cnfsnmp
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Superuser
Example 1-114 Configure the SNMP community string
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > cnfsnmp POPEYE2ST
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp
Community String :POPEYE2ST
cnfsrmclksrc
Use the cnfsrmclksrc command to configure the SRM clock source to be acquired from either the PXM or from an SRM-3T3 T3 line.
Full Name
Configure SRM Clock Source
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfsrmclksrc -ds3 <T3 line number> -srmclk <source number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator for the T3 line number entry.
|
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32.
• line range = 1 to n, as appropriate for the card.
|
-srmclk
|
Command delineator for the source number entry.
|
source number
|
Value to set clock source.
• 1 = backplane clock, from PXM. (default)
• 2 = recovery clock, from T3 line.
|
Related Commands
dspsrmclksrc
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
cnfstatsmgr
Use the cnfstatsmgr command to specify the IP address of the workstation with the statistics manager to the MGX 8800 series switch node. If the node on an MGX 8800 series switch does not have this IP address, it refuses requests for statistical information from the workstation that is running Cisco WAN Manager.
Full Name
Configure Statistics Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfstatsmgr <IP_Addr>
Syntax Description
IP_Addr
|
32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
dsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
cnfswfunc
Use the cnfswfunc PAR command to set certain node-level, paid features on an MGX 8800 series switch. The features are the feeder implementation of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD) control for ABR traffic. The defaults are disabled for VSVD and the routing implementation of the MGX 8800 series switch.
Full Name
Configure Software Function
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfswfunc -vsvd <enable(yes) | disable(no)> -ndtype <fdr | routing>
Syntax Description
-vsvd
|
Command delineator that precedes the enable entry or disable entry.
|
enable(yes) disable(no)
|
Character that enables or disables VSVD.
• e = enable
• d = disable
|
-ndtype
|
Command delineator that precedes the fdr | routing entry.
|
fdr | routing
|
Node implementation.
• fdr = feeder implementation
• routing = either the stand-alone or routing node implementation
• Default = routing
|
Note
The cnfswfunc command does not let you enable more than one feature at a time.
Related Commands
dspswfunc
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Service
Example 1-115
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfswfunc -vsvd yes -ndtype routing
cnftime
Use the cnftime command to set the time on the PXM. The node uses a 24-hour clock.
Full Name
Configure Time
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftime <hh:mm:ss>
Syntax Description
hh:mm:ss
|
Hour, minutes, seconds
• hh = hour, in the range 01-24
• mm = day, in the range 01-60
• ss = year, in the range 01-60
|
Related Commands
cnftmzn, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-116 Set time for 2 p.m. plus 11minutes and 22 seconds
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftime 14:11:22
11/14/98-14:11:22 3 tDbgCmdTask 1220 informational : TIME/DATE updated
11/14/98-14:11:22 3 StrataCom 0 cnftime 14:11:22
cnftmzn
Use the cnftmzn command to configure the time zone for the switch.
Full Name
Configure Timezone
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftmzn <timezone>
Syntax Description
timezone
|
Value to set timezone.
1 = GMT
2 = EST
3 = CST
4 = MST
5 = PST
|
Related Commands
cnftime, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-117 Configure the time zone in the node to U.S. Central Standard Time
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzn 3
cnftmzngmt
Use the cnftmzngmt command to configure the time zone for the shelf relative to GMT.
Full Name
Configure Timezone Relative to GMT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftmzngmt <timeoffsetGMT>
Syntax Description
timeoffsetGMT
|
Number of offset in hours from GMT, in the range -12 to 12.
|
Related Commands
cnftmzn, cnftime, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Superuser
Example 1-118 Set time zone in the shelf to GMT plus 4 hours
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzngmt 4
cnftrafficgen
Use the cnftrafficgen command to configure a traffic generation test. This test is used for troubleshooting cell loss and is intended for use with defective PVCs. This test is enabled or disabled at a connection level, not at a card level.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Full Name
Configure Traffic Generation Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
cnftrafficgen <pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >
Syntax Description
pvc_num
|
A value in the following ranges:
• 16-4015 (2CT3)
• 16-2015 (2T3/2E3/HS2)
|
action
|
One of the following actions:
• 1 = start
• 2 = stop
• 3 = abort
|
num_frames
|
A value in the range 1-40960000
|
pattern_type
|
A value in the range 1-4; default = 1
|
Related Commands
dsptrafficgen
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-119 Start traffic generation test on connection 16 for 100 frames with a pattern type of 1
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 100 1
Example 1-120 Stop traffic generation test on connection 16
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 2
cnftrapip
Use the cnftrapip command to configure the IP address to be used in all out-going traps from the shelf. This should be configured to one of the interface addresses. The system displays errors if they occur.
Full Name
Configure Trap IP Address
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftrapip <ip_addr>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-121
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrapip 192.169.3.102
cnftrk
Use the cnftrk command to configure various trunk parameters. Execute this command after you have configured the interface as a routing trunk using the cnfifastrk command and activated the trunk on a node through the addtrk command.
Full Name
Configure Trunk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
Note
You can execute this command for only one optional (all but -slot.port) parameter at a time.
cnftrk -slot.port slot.port [-stres <Stats Reserve> | -ccRstr <CC Restrict> | -lnTyp <Line Type> | -passSync <yes/no> | -drtdly <Deroute Delay(ms)> | -fst <yes/no> |
-fr <yes/no> | -nts <yes/no> | -ts <yes/no> | -voice <yes/no> | -cbr <yes/no> | -vbr <yes/no> |
-abr <yes/no> | -rtcost <Routing Cost> | -vpcconid <Max VPC Con IDs>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
• Slot = enter the value 7.
• Port range= 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
-stres
|
Command delineator that precedes the Stats Reserve entry.
|
Stats Reserve
|
Statistical reserve in cells per second, in the range 0-maximum bandwidth of the card.
|
-ccrstr
|
Command delineator that precedes the CC Restrict entry.
|
CC Restrict
|
Activates or deactivates the control plane communication restriction.
• yes = activate the restriction With this restriction, the switch avoids sending PAR control data over this trunk but does send control data if no other trunk is available.
• no = allow PAR control communication
|
-lntyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the Line Type entry.
|
Line Type
|
Line type that characterizes the trunk.
• terrestrial
• satellite
|
-passsync
|
Enable or disable the trunk to pass the synchronization clock.
• yes = enable the trunk to pass sync
• no = disable
|
-drtdly
|
Command delineator that precedes the Deroute Delay entry.
|
Deroute Delay
|
Number of milliseconds the switch waits to deroute connections after a trunk failure occurs. The purpose of delaying connection deroute is that occasional, transitory trunk failures do not warrant the loss of service due to connection derouting.
|
-Fst
|
Enable or disable ForeSight control.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-Fr
|
Enable or disable Frame Relay traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-nts
|
Enable or disable non-timestamped traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-ts
|
Enable or disable timestamped traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-voice
|
Enable or disable voice traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-cbr
|
Enable or disable constant bit rate traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-vbr
|
Enable or disable variable bit rate traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-abr
|
Enable or disable available bit rate traffic.
• yes = enable
• no = disable
|
-rtcost
|
Command delineator that precedes the Routing_Cost entry.
|
Routing_Cost
|
Routing cost for this trunk.
|
-vpcconid
|
Command delineator that precedes the Max VPC Con IDs entry.
|
Max VPC Con IDs
|
Number of available Virtual Path Connection IDs for this trunk.
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 2
Example 1-122
tango1.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrk 7.1-stres 1000 -ccrstr no -lntyp s -passsync yes -drtdly 0
-fst yes -fr yes -nts yes -ts yes -voice yes -cbr yes -vbr yes -abr yes -rtcost 10
-vpcconid 255
cnfupcabr
Use the cnfupcabr command to configure bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure Parameter Control for ABR
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1/E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcabr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Value to enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 1-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
scr_police
|
Value to set SCR policing.
• 1 = CLP[0] Cells
• 2 = CLP[0+1] Cells
• 3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcabr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Value to enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note the following PCRs for a 10-PortRate:
• T1-3622
• E1-4528
• clearE1-4830
Note the following PCRs for IMA:
• T1-3591
• E1-4490
• clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
scr_police
|
Value to set SCR policing.
• 1 = CLP[0] Cells
• 2 = CLP[0+1] Cells
• 3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
• 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830
• IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupccbr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2 (Any for PXM)
Example 1-123 Configuring bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using the port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 2.1.5 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-124 Configuring bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using the channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 31 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
cnfupccbr
Use the cnfupccbr command to set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM.
No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure User Parameter Control Constant Bit Rate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax for PXM
cnfupccbr <chan_num> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <pcr[0]> <cdvt[0]> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
A channel number in the range 16-1015.
|
enable|disable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal), or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port. Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupccbr <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>
Syntax Description
• port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
• ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
• enable|disable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
• pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note the following PCRs for a 10-PortRate:
• T1-3622
• E1-4528
• clearE1-4830
Note the following PCRs for IMA:
• T1-3591
• E1-4490
• clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
• cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
• IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
• EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
• 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830
• IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
• EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-125 Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.CVI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 2.1.1 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50
Example 1-126 Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 21 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50
cnfupcubr
Use the cnfupcubr command to configure the usage parameter control (UPC) parameters for unspecified bit rate (UBR) on the current AUSM8 card. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure User Parameter Control Unspecified Bit Rate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcubr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0-1]> <cvdt[0-1]> <IngPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0-1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cvdt[0-1]
|
Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-250000 microseconds.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcubr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0-1]> <cvdt[0-1]> <IngPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
Note the following PCRs for a 10-PortRate:
• T1-3622
• E1-4528
• clearE1-4830
Note the following PCRs for IMA:
• T1-3591
• E1-4490
• clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cvdt[0-1]
|
Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-250000 microseconds.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-127 Configuring the usage parameter control (upc) parameters for unspecified bit rate (ubr) on the current AUSM8 card (using the port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 2.1.7 2 4528 250000 50 2
Example 1-128 Configuring the usage parameter control (upc) parameters for unspecified bit rate (ubr) on the current AUSM8 card (using the channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 37 2 4528 250000 50 2
cnfupcvbr
Use the cnfupcvbr command to configure channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure User Parameter Control Variable Bit Rate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcvbr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0 + 1]
|
Peak cell rate for CLP [0+1] cells, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0 + 1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 1-4670 cells per second.
|
scr_police
|
Value to set SCR policing.
• 1 = CLP[0] cells
• 2 = CLP[0+1] cells
• 3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcvbr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
Note the following PCRs for a 10-PortRate:
• T1-3622
• E1-4528
• clearE1-4830
Note the following PCRs for IMA:
• T1-3591
• E1-4490
• clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt [0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 1-4670 cells per second.
|
scr_police
|
Value to set SCR policing.
• 1 = CLP[0] cells
• 2 = CLP[0+1] cells
• 3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
• 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830
• IMA (T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789)
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1 to 127.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupccbr
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-129 Configuring channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using the port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 2.1.3 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-130 Configuring channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using the channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 26 2 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
cnfvismip
Use the cnfvismip command to configure the VISM IP address and the signaling unit (SU) IP address on the VISM card. An IP address for each VISM is necessary for it to communicate with the SU and serves as the identifier for VoIP endpoints. Together, the VISM IP address and the local RTP port identify the bearer channel of each VoIP connection.
Any of the above three parameters can be configured with the cnfvismip command. It is possible to configure all of them in a single command invocation or separate invocations. Once configured, these IP addresses will be stored on the hard disk on the PXM and will be retrieved from there for subsequent reboots of the card.
Note
No automatic mechanism exists for communicating or registering the VISM IP address to the LightSpeed unit. Therefore, you must configure the signaling unit with the IP address of each CU that the SU controls.
Full Name
Configure VISM IP Address
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
cnfvismip -cuip <VISM IP address> | -mask <net mask> | -suip <SU IP address>
Syntax Description
-cuip
|
Command delineator that precedes the VISM IP address entry.
|
VISM IP address
|
32-bit IP address of the VISM in dotted decimal format.
|
-mask
|
Command delineator that precedes the net mask entry.
|
net mask
|
The network mask in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where n = 0-9, and nnn < 256.
|
-suip
|
Command delineator that precedes the SU IP address entry.
|
SU IP address
|
32-bit IP address of the signaling unit, in dotted decimal format.
|
commit
Use the commit command to confirm copying the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Full Name
Confirm Copying the Firmware Load
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
commit <version>
Syntax Description
version
|
Firmware version.
|
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, printrev, copy, install, abort
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-131 Loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
commit command completed ok
Example 1-132 Commit command errors (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.11
in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade newrev'
ERR: command "commit" failed
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > commit 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the currently running version 1.1.10Hu
ERR: command "commit" failed
Example 1-133 Loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-134 Errors loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.04
Incorrect version : 10.0.04
usage: commit [sm <slot>] <version>
ERR: command "commit" failed
copy
Use the copy command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Full Name
Copy the Firmware Load
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
copy <fw_load>
Syntax Description
fw_load
|
Firmware file name.
|
Related Commands
abort, commit, cp
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-135 Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
cp
Use the cp command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Full Name
Copy the firmware load
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
copy <fw_load>
Syntax Description
fw_load
|
Firmware file name.
|
Related Commands
abort, commit, copy
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-136 Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
cth
Use the cth command to clear the transaction handler trace buffer.
Full Name
Clear Transaction Handler
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cth
Related Commands
thtrace, dth
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Service Group
Example 1-137
copychans
Use the copychans command copy a channel configuration onto one or more channels. This command enables you to create and configure multiple channels from a specified "template" channel.
Full Name
Copy Channels
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
copychans <template chan #> <start chan #> <start dlci> <# of chans> <start remote VPI> <start remote VCI>
Syntax Description
template chan #
|
Template channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
|
start chan #
|
Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
• 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
|
start dlci
|
Start local DLCI for FRSM
Start local VCI for AUSM
|
# of chans
|
Number of channels.
|
start remote VPI
|
|
start remote VCI
|
|
Related Commands
delchan, delchans
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
copyports
Use the copyports command to copy a port configuration to one or more ports. The purpose of this command is to create and configure multiple ports from a single port that serves as a template.
Full Name
Copy Ports
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM (not on the HS1/B)
Syntax
copyports <template port #> <start port #> <start time slot> <# of ports>
Syntax Description
template port #
|
Template port number. This setting is the number of the template port to be copied.
|
start port #
|
Start port number. This setting is the number of the port to be copied.
|
start time slot
|
Start time slot. This setting is the starting time slot in the port to be copied.
|
# of ports
|
Number of ports. This setting is the number of contiguous time slots to be copied.
|
Related Commands
delport, delports
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
cvsi
Use the cvsi command to clear the VSI trace buffer.
Full Name
Clear VSI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cvsi
Related Commands
vsitrace, dvsi
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group
Example 1-138 Clear VSI on the current PXM
dcct
Use the dcct command to display connection information.
Full Name
Display Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dcct <slot.port.vpi.vci>
Syntax Description
slot.port.vpi.vci
|
• Slot range = 1-32
• Port range = 1-256
• VPI range = 0-4095
• VCI range = 0-65535
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Service Group
Example 1-139 Example: Show connection information for the card in slot 2
porky.1.7.PXM.a > dcct 6.2.100.100
Connection does not exist
dcondb
Use the dcondb command to view a connection database.
Full Name
Display Connection Database
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dcondb <dbtype> <index>
Syntax Description
dbtype
|
Value to set the
• 1 = master
• 2 = slave
• 3 = DAX
• 4 = Summary
|
index
|
Set index for either index or dbtype.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Service Group
del
Use the del command to remove a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.
Full Name
Delete
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
del <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Service Group
delaimgrp
Use the delaimgrp command to delete an AIMUX group.
Full Name
Delete AIMUX Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
delaimgrp <group_num>
Syntax Description
group_num
|
AIMUX group number to be deleted, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, cnfaimgrps, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-140 Delete AIMUX group 2 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > delaimpgrp 2
delapsln
Use the delapsln command to delete an APS line configuration.
Full Name
Delete APS Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delapsln <workingline>
Syntax Description
workingline
|
The configured working line on the PXM.
|
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SUPER_GP
delbert
Use the delbert command to conclude a BERT testing session in a specified location on the shelf.
Full Name
Delete BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number, as configured for BERT testing.
|
Related Commands
cnfbert, dspbert, modbert, xcnfbert
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: GROUP_1
delcdrscprtn
Use the delcdrscprtn command to delete GLCNs allocated to a controller. This command applies if the card partition type is controllerBased.
Full Name
Delete Card Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
delcdrscprtn <controller-name>
Syntax Description
controller-name
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR/PVC
• 2 = PNNI/SPVC
• 3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SERVICE_GP
Example 1-141 Delete the allotment of connections on the current card for the Tag controller
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > delcdrscprtn 3
delchan
Use the delchan command to delete a channel. After you finish this command, no messages appear on-screen unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Full Name
Delete Channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
delchan <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, as appropriate for the card.
• PXM range = 16-4111
• FRSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = enter the value 32
|
Related Commands
dspchan, addchan, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
delchanloop
Use the delchanloop command to delete a channel loopback from the current FRSM or AUSM.
No messages appear on-screen after command entry unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Full Name
Delete a Channel Loopback
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
delchanloop <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Related Commands
addchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
delchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
addchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-142 Delete channel loopback on a channel number for the current AUSM
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 26
Example 1-143 Delete channel loopback on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 3 on the current AUSM
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 2.1.3
delchans
Use the delchans command to delete a range of Frame Relay or ATM channels.
Full Name
Delete Channels
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
delchans <start chan #> <# of chans>
Syntax Description
start chan #
|
Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
|
# of chans
|
Number of channels to delete.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
delcon
Use the delcon command to remove a connection from the AUSM or VISM card.
Full Name
Delete Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM, CESM
delcon <conn_ID>
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection number, as appropriate for the card.
• PXM = enter values in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.
• CESM
– T1 range = 1-192
– E1 range = 1-248
|
Syntax: FRSM,
delcon <port.DLCI>
Syntax Description
port.DLCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.DLCI.
|
Syntax: AUSM
delcon <port.VPI.VCI>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
|
Related Commands
addcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
deldsx3bert
Use the deldsx3bert command to end the current test. Value in the BERT counters will remain until you use the clrbertcntrs command.
Full Name
Delete DSX3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax: PXM, CESM, AUSM
deldsx3bert
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-144 Stop the current BERT session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > deldsx3bert
Example 1-145 Display results
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Default state
Bert Resource Status State: Free
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Loopback type: No loopback
Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet
Start Date Not Configured Yet
Bit countlower: 1054968191
Bit Error Countlower 1655197832
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
delifip
Use the delifip command to delete a management interface, clearing the database information.
Full Name
Delete a Management Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delifip <Interface>
Syntax Description
Interface
|
Value to set the interface type.
• 26 = Ethernet
• 28 = SLIP
• 37= ATM
|
Related Commands
cnfifip, dspifip
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-146 Delete the ATM interface (indicated by the number 37)
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delifip 37
dellink
Use the dellink command to remove a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a service module.
Full Name
Delete Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dellink <T3 line number> <T1 line number>
Syntax Description
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.port.
• slot = enter the value 15 or 31
• line range = 1-3
|
T1 line number
|
Starting T1 line number, in the range 1-28.
|
Related Commands
dsplink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-147 Delete the link between the first T3 line on the SRM-T3 in slot 15 and T1 line 1
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellink 15.1 1
dellmiloop
Use the dellmiloop command to delete a current local management interface (LMI) configuration and resume sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with the delfdrlp command on the BPX module. You first should use dellmiloop on the MGX 8800 series switch, then use delfdrlp on the BPX module. Be aware that there is no display command for the feeder loop on the BPX.
Use the dsplmistats command after you have executed the dellmiloop command on the MGX 8800 switch and the delfdrlp command on the BPX module to verify the delete commands. The LMI statistics table will show an increase in statistics.
Figure 1-5 Status Messages Halted between a MGX 8800 Series Switch and a
BPX Switch, then Enabled again Using dellmiloop and delfdrlp
Full Name
Delete LMI Loop
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dellmiloop <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
A value, where:
• slot = slot number, in the range 1-32
• port = port number, in the range 1-256
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis, addlmiloop, delfdrlp
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Super Group (0)
The examples that follow illustrate:
1
The delete feeder trunk command executed on the BPX.
2
The display LMI loop command, indicating that an LMI loop exists.
3
The delete LMI loop command, terminating the LMI loop.
Example 1-148 Delete feeder loop on the BPX
Example 1-149 Display LMI loop (LMI loop added)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
Example 1-150 Delete LMI loop
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dellmiloop 7.1
Example 1-151 Display LMI loop (LMI loop deleted)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
delln
Use the delln command to remove a line from the current card.
Full Name
Delete Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM (8T1/E1;IMATM-T3T1/E3E1), CESM, VISM
Syntax
delln <LineNum>
or
delln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>
(on the PXM)
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number, as appropriate for the card.
• FRSM range = 1-4
• AUSM range = 1-8
• CESM range = 1-8
• VISM range = 1-8
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes ds3 line number entry.
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes E3 line number entry.
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes SONET line number entry.
|
Note
Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET.
Related Commands
dspln, addln, cnfln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-152 Delete line 4 from the current card
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delln 4
dellnloop
Use the dellnloop command to remove a T1 or E1 line loopback state for the current card.
Full Name
Delete Line Loop
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dellnloop -ds3 | -e3 | -sonet <line number>
Syntax Description
line number
|
DS3 or E3: Line number for ds3 or e3 in the format slot.port.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
• Line range = 1 to n
SONET: Line number in the format slot.port
• Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• Line range = 1 to n
|
Related Commands
addlnloop
Attributes
Log: No (Yes PXM) State: Active Privilege: -1 (Service) (Any on PXM)
dellnsfmaimgrp
Use the dellnsfmaimfrp command to remove lines from an existing AIMUX group.
Full Name
Delete Lines from an AIM Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dellnsfmaimgrp <aimux_grp> <list_of_lines>
Syntax Description
aimux_grp
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
list_of_lines
|
List of lines to be deleted from the AIMUX group. Type a dot between each group number in your entry string.
|
Related Commands
addlns2aimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-153 Delete lines 3 and 5 from AIMUX group 2
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellnsfmaimgrp 2 3.5
delport
Use the delport command to remove a port from an FRSM, a PXM, or a CESM.
Full Name
Delete Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
delport <port-number>
Syntax Description
port-number
|
Number of the port to be deleted.
|
Syntax: FRSM, CESM
delport <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Number of the port to be deleted.
|
Related Commands
addport, cnfport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
delports
Use the delports command remove a specified number of contiguous port configurations.
No messages appear on-screen with successful completion of this command.
Full Name
Delete Ports
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, CESM
Syntax
delports <start port #> <# of ports>
Syntax Description
start port #
|
Start port number to be deleted.
|
# of ports
|
Number of contiguous time slots to be deleted.
|
Related Commands
copyports
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
delred
Use the delred command to remove a redundancy link for the specified primary card slot.
Full Name
Delete Redundancy
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delred <redPrimarySlotNumber>
Syntax Description
redPrimarySlotNumber
|
Slot number of the primary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
dspred, addred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
delrscprtn
Use the delrscprtn command to remove a resource partition. Refer to the description of addrscprtn for information on resource partitions.
Full Name
Delete Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM (not on HS1/B)
Syntax
delrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface Number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set controller number.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
delslotlink
Use the delslotlink command to remove SRM-3T3 link information for a specified slot.
Full Name
Delete Slot Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delslotlink <slot number> <line number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number associated with the link to be deleted.
|
line number
|
Line number associated with the link to be deleted, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
0 = unlink all lines
|
Related Commands
dspslotlink
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
deltrapmgr
Use the deltrapmgr to delete the specified trap manager associated with the specified IP address.
Full Name
Delete Trap Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deltrapmgr <ipaddr>
Syntax Description
ipaddr
|
32-bit IP address of the trap manager to delete, in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
addtrapmgr, dsptrapmgr, dsptrapmgrs
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
deltree
Use the deltree command to remove a directory and all files below.
Full Name
Delete Tree
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deltree <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
deluser
Use the deluser command to remove a user from the list of users on the node of an MGX 8800 series switch. The system does not allow you to delete a user with a privilege level higher than the level at which you execute the command. For example, if the current user privilege is 2, you cannot delete a user at level 1. No screen output appears unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Delete User
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deluser <user ID>
Syntax Description
user ID
|
User name, consisting of up to 12 characters.
|
Related Commands
dspusers, adduser
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-5
dir
Use the dir command to view the firmware files on the PXM.
Full Name
Directory
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dir
Related Commands
mkdir, rmdir
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-154 List the firmware on the current PXM
-------- ------ ------ --------
512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 . <DIR>
512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 .. <DIR>
2089064 JUL-03-1999 13:54:08 pxm_rmenon.old.fw
896020 JUL-18-1999 14:18:50 sm130.fw
794280 JUL-03-1999 14:56:42 sm35.fw
1136684 JUL-03-1999 16:04:50 sm50.fw
2094828 JUL-16-1999 14:29:06 pxm_rmenon.fw
total space : 819200 K bytes
free space : 742625 K bytes
dlmi
Use the dlmi command to display the data captured as a result of executing the lmitrace command. You first must use the lmitrace command to capture the data, then the dlmi command to display the data.
Full Name
Display LMI trace
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dlmi
Related Commands
lmitrace (to capture lmi messages) clmi (to clear lmi buffer)
Attributes
Log: No State: Any_State Privilege: Cisco_Gp
Example 1-155 Display when the LMI trace buffer is empty
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi
LMI Trace Buffer is empty
Example 1-156 Display when the LMI trace buffer contains data (resulting from the lmitrace command)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi
No. Time(mSecs) AbsTime Ltrk Dir MsgType Length Data
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 d3
]
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 7e 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 65 80 00 05 00 03 00 1f 82 64 80 00 01 d3
0d 00
2 +26 171519880 1 Tx 76 32
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 1b
0d 00
dnif
Use the dnif command to deactivate the specified broadband interface.
Note
For a user-port, you must remove all UNI channels on the interface before you deactivate the port.
Full Name
Down Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dnif <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfif, dspif, upif
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
dnilmi
Use the dnilmi command to deactivate the Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) on a specified PXM port number.
Full Name
Down ILMI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dnilmi -ifNum <bbIfSigPortNum>
Syntax Description
-ifNum
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfSigPortNum entry.
|
bbIfSigPortNum
|
Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis, upilmi
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: CISCO_GP
downloadflash
Use the downloadflash command to load the first boot code found by the PXM hard drive into EEPROM (flash memory). A downloadflash session concludes the sequence of tasks for performing a PXM boot code load. Prior to executing the downloadflash command, you must access the boot code, transfer the file (using a "put" command) to the PXM hard drive.
Using various arguments with the "put" command enables boot code load unto both the standby and active PXM, or to the active PXM only, or to the standby PXM only. Details are provided in the example below.
Note
Make sure only one backup boot code resides in the firmware directory: either delete or rename old versions to ensure the downloadflash session does not pick up the wrong version.
Once firmware is installed in slot 7, the firmware file is mirrored to a PXM subsequently installed in slot 8. For safe measure, however, you should manually download the boot code (using the downloadflash command onto the standby PXM.
Full Name
Download the Flash
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
downloadflash
Related Commands
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
Example 1-157 Example: Do a PXM boot code load, starting with a TFTP to the boot code source, and ending with the download to the standby and the active PXM.
tftp <dest_addr> (of the switch)
bin
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM.BT
quit
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > downloadflash
Note
Despite the potentially deceptive ".fw" argument in the command string, this is NOT a firmware load.
•
To place the boot code on the active PXM only, use the following "put" string:
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_ACTIVE.BT
•
To place the boot code on the standby PXM only, use the following "put" string:
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_STANDBY.BT
dnport
Use the dnport command to deactivate a port.
Full Name
Down Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
dnport <PortNum>
Syntax Description
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
upport
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
dspaimgrp
Use the dspaimgrp command to view detailed status and configuration information for a specified AIMUX group.
Full Name
Display AIM Group Status and Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrp <imagroup_number>
Syntax Description
imagroup_number
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, cnfaimgrps, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-158 Display all the detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX group 1 on the current card.
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrp 1
IMA Port state : Sig. Failure
IMA Group Ne state : Startup
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp
Timing reference link : 1
Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number"
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspaimgrpcnt
Use the dspaimgrpcnt command to view all AIMUX related counters for a line in an AIMUX group.
Full Name
Display AIM Group Count
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimgrpcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-159 Display all the AIMUX related counters for AIMUX group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrpcnt 1
Ne Number of failures : 0
Syntax : dspimagrpcnt (or dspaimgrpcnt) imagroup
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspaimgrps
Use the dspaimgrps command to view the status and configuration information for all current AIMUX groups.
Full Name
Display Status and Configuration of All AIM Groups
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrps
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, cnfaimgrps, dspaimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-160 Display the status and configuration information for all AIMUX groups on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrps
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
Syntax : dspimagrps (or dspaimgrps)
dspaimlncnt
Use the dspaimlncnt command to view all the AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.
Full Name
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimlncnt, clrimalncnt, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-161 Display the line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimlncnt 1 1
Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0
Port changed from LDS : 0
# HEC errored seconds : 0
# Severely HEC errored seconds : 0
Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspalm
Use the dspalm command to view the alarms associated with a specified line.
Full Name
Display Alarms for a Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Old Syntax
dspalm -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PCLPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
New Syntax
dspalm -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PCLPNum> | -sonet <LineNum> |
-hs1 <LineNum
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry.
|
PCLPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• OC-3 line range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
-hs1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a HS1 interface (for FRSM-HS1).
|
LineNum
|
Line number = 1-n, where:
n = 4 if FRSM.
|
Related Commands
clralm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
PXM—Display alarms on T3 line number 2
•
PXM—Display alarms on the OC-3 line number 1
•
PXM—Display alarms on the E1 line number 1
•
AUSM—Display alarms on the T1 line number 1
•
VISM—Display alarms on line number 1
•
FRSM—Display alarms on line number 3
Example 1-162 On a PXM, display alarms on the T3 line number 2
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -ds3 7.2
LineAlarmState: No Alarms
LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-163 On a PXM, display alarms on OC-3 line 1
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -sonet 7.1
SectionCurrentStatus: Clear
SectionStatAlarmStatus: Clear
LineStatAlarmStatus: Clear
PathStatAlarmStatus: Clear
Example 1-164 On a PXM, display alarms on E3 line 1
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -e3 7.1
LineAlarmState: XmtRAI,RcvLOS
LineStatisticalAlarmState: UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm
Example 1-165 On an AUSM, display alarms on T1 line 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1
LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
LineStatisticalAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
Example 1-166 Display alarms on VISM line 1
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1
LineAlarmState: No Alarms
LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-167 On an FRSM, display alarms on line 3
man.1.4.FRSM.a > dspalm -hs1 3
LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
Cabletype mismatch - either (DTE/DCE) or (X.21/V.35)is wrong
dspalmcnf
Use the dspalmcnf command to view the threshold information about the alarm statistics being collected.
Full Name
Display Alarm Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PCLPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry.
|
PCLPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• OC-3 line range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
dspalmcnf -hs1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number = 1 - n where:
n = 4 if FRSM
|
Related Commands
dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display alarm configuration for FRSM line 4
•
Display alarm configuration for the current PXM
•
Display the alarm configuration on the current AUSM for E1 line 1
•
Display the alarm configuration on the current FRSM-2T3 for line 1
Example 1-168 Display the alarm configuration for FRSM line 4 (slot 17 in this example)
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 17.4
Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold
Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE
---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
17.4 Major/Minor 6/1 1500/6 1/1500
Example 1-169 Display the alarm configuration for the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 7.1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
LES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES24hrThreshold: 40
LSES15minThreshold: 4 SEFS15minThreshold: 120
LSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200
PCV15minThreshold: 382 AISS15minThreshold: 120
PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200
PES15minThreshold: 86 UAS15minThreshold: 120
PES24hrThreshold: 864 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200
Example 1-170 Display the alarm configuration on the current AUSM for E1 line 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
Example 1-171 Display the alarm configuration on the current VISM for E1 line 1
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1
Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold
Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE
---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
5.1 Major/Minor 6/6 1/1 1500/1500
Example 1-172 Display the alarm configuration on the current FRSM-2T3 for line 1
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
dspalmcnt
Use the dspalmcnt command to view the alarm counters and statistics.
Full Name
Display Alarm Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PCLPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry.
|
PCLPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the PCLPNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
• Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
• OC-3 line range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Related Commands
clralmcnt, clralmcnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display alarm count for the T3 line 1 on the PXM
•
Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the current FRSM
•
Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the PXM with OC-3
•
Display alarms and counters for line 1 (E3) on the PXM
•
Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the VISM
•
Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the FRSM-2T3
Example 1-173 Display alarm count for line 1 (T3) of a PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 7.1
Example 1-174 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the current FRSM
spirit.1.11.FRSM.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1
Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount
---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Example 1-175 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the PXM with OC-3
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -sonet 7.1
SectionCurrentValidFlag: valid
SectionCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
SectionCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
SectionCurrentDayESs: 100
SectionCurrentDaySESs: 100
SectionCurrentDaySEFSs: 100
SectionCurrentDayCVs: 5149776
LineCurrentValidFlag: valid
LineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
FarEndLineCurrentValidFlag: valid
FarEndLineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
FarEndLineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
FarEndLineCurrentDayESs: 2
FarEndLineCurrentDaySESs: 2
FarEndLineCurrentDayCVs: 46
FarEndLineCurrentDayFCs: 0
FarEndLineCurrentDaySEFSs: 0
LineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
PathCurrentValidFlag: valid
PathCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
Example 1-176 Display alarms and counters for line 1 (E3) on the PXM
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -e3 7.1
Example 1-177 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1
Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount
---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Example 1-178 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the FRSM-2T3
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 1
dspalms
Use the dspalms command to view all alarms for the selected line type on the card.
Full Name
Display All Alarms on a Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM
Syntax for PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM
dspalms <lineType> <slot number>
Syntax Description
lineType
|
Line type.
• -ds1 = T1 or E1 lines
• ds3
• e3
• sonet
• plcp
|
slot number
|
Slot number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32. Enter the value either 7 or 8 for SONET.
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
dspalms -<lineType>
Syntax Description
lineType
|
Line type is hs1.
|
Related Commands
dspalm
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display alarms on the current FRSM (slot 17, in this case)
•
Display alarms on the 2 E3 lines on the current card (a PXM)
•
Display alarms on the 3 E1 lines on the current card (a VISM)
•
Display alarms on the 2 T3 lines on the current card (an FRSM-2T3)
Example 1-179 Display alarms on the current FRSM (slot 17, in this case)
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalms -ds1
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
17.1 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms
17.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.4 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.5 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms
17.6 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.7 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.8 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-180 Display alarms on the 2 E3 lines on the current card (a PXM)
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalms e3 7
AlarmState : XmtRAI,RcvLOS
StatisticalAlarmState : UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm
StatisticalAlarmState : No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-181 Display alarms on the 3 E1 lines on the current card (a VISM)
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalms -ds1
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
5.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
5.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
5.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-182 Display alarms on the 2 T3 lines on the current card (an FRSM-2T3)
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalms -ds3
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
1.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
1.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
dspapscfg
Use the dspapscfg command to display more Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far-end. This support only applies to PXM OC3 and PXM OC12 cards.
The 1.1.20 software release provides support for the SONET Linear APS 1+1 mode.
Full Name
Display APS Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspapscfg
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, , delapsln
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-183 Display the APS configuration on the current PXM
DENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapscfg
SlotLine Type SFBER SDBER WTR Direc Revert
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1&8.1 1+1_2 3 5 1 UNI NRV
Data Components
SlotLine
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
• OC-3 range = 1-4.
• OC-12 = enter the value 1.
|
Type
|
The APS mode. Mode 1+1 is currently supported in the 1.1.20 software release.
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3-5.
• 5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5.
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.
• 5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5.
|
WTR
|
Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range1 to 12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).
|
Direc
|
Value to set the switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
• UNI = Unidirectional—This APS line supports only one direction.
• BI = Bidirectional—This APS line supports both ends of the line.
|
Revert
|
Value to set the APS revertive or non-revertive function.
• NRV = Non-revertive
• REV = Revertive This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-To-restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
dspapsln
Use the dspapsln command to display the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) line status.
APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.
Full Name
Display APS Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspapsln
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapscfg, delapsln
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-184 Display the APS line on the current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapsln
SlotLine Type Act W_LINE P_LINE APS_ST CDType Dirc Revt LastUsrSwReq
------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1&8.1 1+1_2 7.1 OK OK OK OC-12 UNI NRV NO_REQUEST
Data Components
SlotLine
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
• OC-3 range = 1-4
• OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Type
|
APS mode. Release 1.1.20 supports the APS 1+1 mode.
|
Act
|
Line which is currently active.
|
W-Line
|
Status of the working line. Value can be one of the following:
• OK = OK
• R_SD = remote end signal degrade
• SigD = signal degrade
• R_AM = remote end signal failure
• ALM = line alarm
• SigF = signal failure
• MIS = backcard mismatch or missing
• LOOPBK = line loopback
|
P-Line
|
Status of the protection line. Value can be one of the following:
• OK = OK
• R_SD = remote end signal degrade
• SigD = signal degrade
• R_AM = remote end signal failure
• ALM = line alarm
• SigF = signal failure
• MIS = backcard mismatch or missing
• LOOPBK = line loopback
• P_D = protocol defection (received K1K2 bytes are not expected)
• P_B = protection byte failure
|
APS-ST
|
APS status. Value can be one of the following:
• OK = OK
• AR_MIS = Architecture mismatch
• DI_MIS = direction mismatch
• CH_MIS = channel mismatch
• PL_ALM = line alarm on protection line
|
CDType
|
Back card type, either OC-3 or OC-12.
|
Dirc
|
Value to set the switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
• Uni = Unidirectional. This APS line supports only one direction.
• Bi = Bidirectional. This APS line supports both ends of the line.
|
Revertive
|
Value to set the APS revertive or non-revertive function.
• NRV = Non-revertive
• RV = Revertive. This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-To-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
LastUsrSwReq
|
Last user switching request.
|
dspatmlncnf
Use the dspatmlncnf command to view the cell header configuration for the line. The display indicates NNI or UNI cell headers. The configuration is the result of cnfatmln execution. This command applies to stand-alone configurations of the MGX 8800 series switch.
Full Name
Display ATM Line Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspatmlncnf <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
cnfatmln, clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-185 Display the line configuration for line 2 of PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnf 2
lineNum atmLineInterfaceFormat
----------------------------------
dspatmlncnt
Use the dspatmlncnt command to view the ATM cell counters for the specified line. The display shows the total number of cells received, the total number of cells transmitted, and the number of cells received with HEC errors. The configuration is the result of cnfatmlncnt execution. This command applies to stand-alone configurations of the MGX 8800 series switch.
Full Name
Display ATM Line Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspatmlncnt <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
cnfatmln, clratmlncnt, clratmlncnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-186 Display the ATM line counters (total cells received, total cells transmitted, and number of cells received with HEC errors) for line 1 of the PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnt 1
Total Rcvd. Cells : 5214310
Total Xmtd. Cells : 368687
Rcvd. HEC Error Cells : 0
dspbctype
Use the dspbctype command to display the current interface of the 12IN1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either a V.35 or an X.21 interface.
Full Name
Display Back Card Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-HS1B
Syntax
dspbctype
Related Commands
cnfbctype
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-187 Displaying the back card type on the current FRSM
man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype
Backcard Personality: X.21
dspbert
Use the dspbert command to view the current BERT configuration.
Full Name
Display BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Number of the slot associated with the BERT session for this display.
|
Related Commands
cnfbert, modbert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
dspcbclk
Use the dspcbclk command to display the current clock rate setting. Using this command, you can see which service modules are set for a high cell bus (CB) operating clock rate (42 MHz) or a low rate (21 MHz). Note that not all service modules can support a high CB clock rate.
Full Name
Display Cell Bus Clock
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM (new), PXM
Syntax
dspcbclk
Related Commands
cnfcbclk
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-188 Display the current CB settings for the PXM1-OC3 module in slot 7
popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
dspcd
Use the dspcd command to view characteristics of the current card's hardware and firmware, and information on its status. Card characteristics include serial number and hardware and firmware revision levels. Status may include the reason for the last reset (FunctionModuleResetReason) and state of the integrated alarm (cardIntegratedAlarm), which can be useful in debugging the card or an MGX 8800 series switch, respectively. Some of the information is common to the version command display, but version shows boot code version in bold.
Full Name
Display Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspcd [slot number]
Syntax Description
slot number
|
PXM = Enter the slot number of the service module you want to view, using the value 15, or 16, or a value in the range 31-32.
Slot number is not necessary when logged into a service module.
|
Related Commands
dspcds, version
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
dspcd on the current AUSM-8T1
•
dspcd on the current PXM
•
dspcd on the current FRSM-8T1
•
dspcd on the current FRSM-2CT3
•
dspcd on the current FRSM-8E1
•
dspcd on the current CESM-8T1
•
dspcd on the current VISM-8E1
•
dspcd on the current PXM (viewing the SRM-T3E3 in slot 15)
Example 1-189 dspcd on the current PXM
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: PXM1-OC3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: SBK02420044
FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.1.01Hi
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell
SecondaryLineModuleType: MMF-4-155
SecondaryLineModuleState: Present
configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Line Statistical Alarm
Example 1-190 dspcd on the current FRSM-8T1
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 622758
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00ak
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
Example 1-191 dspcd on the current FRSM-2CT3
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-2CT3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB024804K8
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_11Jan99_1_tti
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus
LineModuleType: LM-BNC-2T3
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
pcb part no-(800 level): 800-02910-04
pcb part no-(73 level): 73-02265-04
Example 1-192 dspcd on the current FRSM-8E1
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8E1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 782908
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_21Dec98
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-193 dspcd on the current CESM-8T1
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: CESM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 786327
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00bq
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-194 dspcd on the current AUSM-8T1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: AUSM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: FNTYPE
FunctionModuleFWRev: model-A 2.0.00
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM from PIO
LineModuleType: LM-DB15-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Minor
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-195 dspcd on the current VISM-8E1
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: VISM-8E1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB0246014W
FunctionModuleFWRev: rangar
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-04399-01
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03618-01
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02791-01
Daughter Card Information:
Daughter Card Serial Number: CAB024601FU
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03722-01
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02905-01
Example 1-196 dspcd on the current PXM (viewing the SRM-T3E3 in slot 15)
tinky.1.7.PXM.a > dspcd 15
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: SRM-3T3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 785324
FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.0.00
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell
LineModuleType: LM-SRM-3T3
SecondaryLineModuleType: Missing
SecondaryLineModuleState: Invalid
configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Clear
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Clear
dspcderrs
Use the dspcderrs command to view information about card errors.
Full Name
Display Card Errors
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM, CESM
Syntax
dspcderrs
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-197 Display card errors on the PXM module in slot 7
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspcderrs
08/05/95-18:53:05 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm
09/05/95-09:14:08 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm
dspcdprtntype
Use the dspcdprtntype command to view partition type on the current card.
Full Name
Display Card Resource Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspcdprtntype
Related Commands
cnfcdprtntype
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-198 Display the card resource partition type on the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdprtntype
cardLcnPartitionType : controllerBased
dspcdrscprtn
Use the dspcdrscprtn command to view allocated resource information to a controller.
Note
The dspcdrscprtn command applies only to cards with a card partition type of controllerBased.
Full Name
Display Card Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
dspcdrscprtn
Related Commands
addcdrscprt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (FRSM 2CT3)
•
Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (FRSM 8T1)
•
Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (PXM T1)
Example 1-199 Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (FRSM 2CT3)
spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-200 Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (CESM 8T1)
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-201 Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (FRSM 8T1)
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-202 Display the number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the current card (PXM T1)
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdrscprtn
Controller Status Number of Available LCNs
-----------------------------------------------
dspcds
Use the dspcds command to view the status of all the cards in the MGX 8800 series switch shelf.
Full Name
Display Card Shelf Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspcds
Related Commands
dspcd
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-203 Display all cards currently installed in the switch
Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy
---- ----------- -------- --------- -----------
1.1 Active FRSM-8T1 Major
1.3 Active FRSM-2CT3 Clear
1.7 Active PXM1-T3E3 Major
1.17 Active CESM-8E1 Clear
1.32 Empty ClearNumOfValidEntries: 32
StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0
shelfIntegratedAlarm: Major
BkplnFabNumber: 73-0123-01
dspchan
Use the dspchan command to view a channel on a PXM, FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM.
Full Name
Display Channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspchan <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, as appropriate for the card.
• PXM, range = 16-4111
• FRSM range = 16-1015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM range = 32-279
|
Related Commands
dspchans, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 69 on an FRSM
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 16 on an AUSM
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 32 on the current CESM
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 16 on the current PXM
Example 1-204 Display the channel characteristics of channel 69 on an FRSM
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchan 69
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Enabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000002000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000000000100
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-205 Display the channel characteristics of channel 16 on an AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspchan 16
IngressQDepth(cells): 1000
IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis
IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000
IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900
IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800
IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000
PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs)
PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0]: 10000 (micro secs)
SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 50
MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000
InitialBurstSize(cells): 0
ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 50
MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 0
InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 1
LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable
ChanTestState: Not In Progress
Ingress percentage util: 100
Egress percentage util : 100
LocalNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RemoteNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanNumNextAvailable : 17
Local VpId NextAvailable : 2
Example 1-206 Display the channel characteristics of channel 32 on the current CESM
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchan 32
ChanCBRService: structured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 6144 bytes
ChanCDV: 6000 micro seconds
C L I P: 2500 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000001000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-207 Display the channel characteristics of channel 16 on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dspchan 16
bbChanConnDesc : 0x828d4e30
bbChanEfciThreshold : 98304
bbChanFrmDiscardThreshold : 0
bbChanCongstUpdateCode : 1
bbChanMaxCellMemThreshold : 131072
bbChanIngrPercentUtil : 100
bbChanEgrPercentUtil : 100
bbChanLocalNsapAddr : 0x828d4a20
bbChanRemoteNsapAddr : 0x828d49f0
bbChanRestrictTrkType : 1
bbChanTestTypeCPESide : 2
bbChanTestStateCPESide : 4
bbRemoteConnPercentUtil : 100
Example 1-208 Display the channel characteristics of channel 37 on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchan 37
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Syntax : dspchan "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
dspchancnt
Use the dspchancnt command to view the contents of the statistical counters for a channel.
Full Name
Display Channel Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
dspchancnt <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• PXM range = 16-4111
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax for AUSM
dspchancnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the counters for channel 69 of the current FRSM
•
Display the counters for channel 16 of the current AUSM
•
Display the counters for channel 32 of the current CESM-8E1
Example 1-209 Display the counters for channel 69 of the current FRSM
wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchancnt 69
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
Example 1-210 Display the counters for channel 16 of the current AUSM
wilco.1.19.AUSM.a > dspchancnt 16
ChannelEgressRcvState: Normal
ChannelEgressXmitState: Normal
ChannelIngressRcvState: Normal
ChannelIngressXmtState: Normal
ChanInServiceSeconds: 1126725
ChanIngressPeakQDepth(cells): 1
ChanIngressReceiveCells: 41160574
ChanIngressClpSetCells: 0
ChanIngressEfciSetRcvCells: 0
ChanIngressUpcClpSetCells: 0
ChanIngressQfullDiscardCells: 1
ChanIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
ChanIngressTransmitCells: 41160574
ChanShelfAlarmDiscardCells: 0
Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num"
channel number—value ranging from 16 to 1015
Example 1-211 Display the counters for channel 32 of the current CESM-8E1
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchancnt 32
Chan RCV ATM State: Receiving AIS OAM
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss
Channel Uptime (secs.) 277
Signalling Status Offhook
Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 279
dspchanmap
Use the dspchanmap command to view interworking field mapping for a specified channel.
Full Name
Display Channel Map
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspchanmap -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator for the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanmap
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
dspchans
Use the dspchans command to view all current channels on the card.
Full Name
Display Channels
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, PXM, VISM
Syntax
dspchans
Related Commands
dspchan, addchan, delchan
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the channels on the current FRSM
•
Display the channels on the current PXM
•
Display the channels on the current VISM
•
Display th channels on the current AUSM8T1/E1
Example 1-212 Display the channels on the current FRSM
spirit.11.1.FRSM.a > dspchans
DLCI Chan EQ I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/DE Type Alarm
------------- ---- -- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- -----
11.1.1.100 69 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.101 70 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.102 71 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.103 72 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.104 73 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.105 74 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.106 75 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.107 76 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.108 77 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.109 78 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.110 79 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.111 80 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.112 81 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.113 82 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.114 83 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.1.115 84 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
11.1.2.100 85 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No
Example 1-213 Display the channels on the current PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspchans
Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 Ena 1 10 134 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 100 normal
32 Ena 1 10 132 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 1 alarm
Example 1-214 Display the channels on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchans
------------ ------- ------
Example 1-215 Display the channels on the current AUSM-8T1E1
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > dspchans
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCR[0+1] Q-Depth State
---- ------------ ------- ------------ --------- ------- -------
21 2.1.1 VCC CBR 4528 1000 Active
26 2.1.3 VCC VBR 4528 1000 Active
31 2.1.5 VCC ABR 4528 1000 Alarm
37 2.1.7 VCC UBR 4528 1000 Alarm
dspchstats
Use the dspchstats command to view current statistics associated with the specified channel.
Full Name
Display Channel Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspchstats <line>.<1stDS0>.<DLCI>
Syntax Description
line
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
1stDS0
|
1st_DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• T1 range = 1-24
• E1 range =1-32
|
DLCI
|
Connection for which the statistics are to be displayed.
|
Related Commands
dspchan, dspchans
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-216 Display the counters for line 1, 1st_DS0 of 4, and DLCI of 1000 for the current FRSM
wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchstats 1.4.1000
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
dspclkinfo
Use the dspclkinfo command to view detailed information about all the configured clock sources in the node.
Full Name
Display Clock Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspclkinfo
Related Commands
dspclksrc, cnfclksrc
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 3
Example 1-217 Display the detailed clock information for the MGX 8800 series shelf
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspclkinfo
****** Clock HW registers ********
SEL_T1 = t1 SEL100 = ON SEL120 = ON SEL120 = ON
priMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevPriMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 0
secMuxClockSource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK
prevSecMuxClockSource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK
secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 1
currentClockSetReq = primary
currentClockHwStat = primary
PreviousClockHwStat = internal
extClkConnectorType = RJ45
extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms
Internal Clock Status=1, Primary Clock Status=1
Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0
last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1
dspclksrc
Use the dspclksrc command to view all configured clock sources in the node.
Full Name
Display Clock Sources
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspclksrc
Related Commands
cnfclksrc
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-218 Display the current clock source for the MGX 8800 series shelf
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspclksrc
PrimaryClockSource: Internal Oscillator
SecondaryClockSource: External T1/E1 from C.O.
CurrentClockSource: Internal Oscillator
ClockSwitchState: NoChange
ExtClkPresent: Not Present
ExtClkSrcImpedance: 75 ohms
dspcon
Use the dspcon command to view configuration data for a connection.
Full Name
Display Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspcon <port number> <connection number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
connection number
|
Connection number, as appropriate for the card.
• PXM = vpi.vci
• FRSM = DLCI
• AUSM = vpi.vci
• CESM = does not require connection number
|
Related Commands
addcon, delcon, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the connection parameters for channel 16 on a CESM.
•
Display the connection parameters for the connection on channel 51 (port 3, DLCI 500) on the current FRSM.
•
Display the connection parameters for the connection on channel 37 on the current VISM.
Example 1-219 Display the connection parameters for channel 16 on a CESM
spirit3.1.22.CESM.a > dspcon 16
IngressQDepth (cells): 100
IngressQCLPHigh (cells): 70
IngressQCLPLow (cells): 60
IngressEfciThreshold (cells): 50
CompliantCellDelayVariation (micro secs): 0
CompliantInfoRate (cells/sec): 0
InitialBurstSize (cells): 0
PeakInformationRate (cells/sec) 1000
FrameGCRAEnable: Disabled
Example 1-220 Display the connection parameters for the connection on channel 51 (port 3, DLCI 500) on the current FRSM
spirit.1.3.FRSM.a > dspcon 3.500
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910003000300
ChanRemoteNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910000000100
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-221 Display the connection parameters for the connection on channel 37 on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcon 37
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Syntax : dspcon "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
dspconcnt
Use the dspconcnt command to view counter data for the specified connection.
Full Name
Display Connection Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspconcnt <conn_id>
Syntax Description
conn_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
• port range = 1 through n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
• vpi range = 1-4095
• vci range = 1-65535
|
Related Commands
addcon, delcon, dspcon, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-222 Display the connection counters for the connection on port 2 with a VPI of 39 and a VCI of 45 on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspconcnt 2.39.45
Channel Ingress State : alarm
Channel Egress State : other
GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0
GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0
CLP=1 Xmtd. Cells : 10867
CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0
CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0
dspcons
Use the dspcons PAR command to view details of all connections on the current card.
Full Name
Display Connections
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
dspcons
Related Commands
dspcon, addcon, delcon
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display parameters for the connections on the current AUSM
•
Display parameters for the connections on the current VISM
Example 1-223 Display parameters for the connections on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.1.AUSM.a > dspcons
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State
30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active
33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm
Example 1-224 Display parameters for the connections on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcons
------------------- ------- ------
dspcurclk
Use the dspcurclk command to view the current clock source for the switch.
Full Name
Display Current Clock Source
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspcurclk
Related Commands
dspclksrc, cnfclksrc, dspclkinfo
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-225 Display the current clock source for the connections on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspcurclk
dspdsx3bert
Use the dspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current BERT testing session.
Full Name
Display DSX3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
dspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-226
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Acquire dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet
Start Date Not Configured Yet
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
dspegrq
Use the dspegrq command to view the port egress queue parameters. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.
Full Name
Display Egress Queue Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-227 Display the port egress queue parameters for port 1
golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrq 1 1
Queue ECN Threshold: 6553
Queue DE Threshold: 32767
Max Bandwidth Increment: 16384
portBytesDiscXceedQueFull: 0
portBytesDiscXceedDEThresh:0
dspegrqs
Use the dspegrqs command to view the egress queue parameters for all the ports on a shelf. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.
Full Name
Display Egress Queue Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrq, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-228 Display the egress queue parameters for a shelf
golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrqs 1
PortNum ServType Q Depth Q-ECN-Thres Q-DE-Thres BandWidth-Inc
------- -------- ------- ----------- ---------- ---------
1 1 65535 6553 32767 16384
dspegrservtype
Use the dspegrservtype to display the current egress port queue servicing.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Full Name
Display Egress Servicing Type
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrservtype
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
dspenetgw
Use the dspenetgw command to display the permanent Ethernet gateway. The Ethernet gateway is specified with the cnfenetgw command.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Full Name
Display Ethernet Gateway
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspenetgw
Related Commands
cnfenetgw
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-229 Display the default gateway
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspenetgw
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > enet gateway: 172.29.37.1
dsperr
Use the dsperr command to view the contents of either all error log files or a specific error log file.
Full Name
Display Errors
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsperr [-en <error slot>]
Syntax Description
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.
|
error slot
|
Number of the error log file (optional).
|
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display all error log files. The output appears one screen at a time. A prompt appears at the bottom of the screen requesting you to continue to the next screen or quit.
•
Display the error log for the card in slot 3. In this example, the card is an FRSM-8T1.
Example 1-230 Display all error log files. The output appears one screen at a time. A prompt appears at the bottom of the screen requesting you to continue to the next screen or quit
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
No Dump Trace after the event
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
No Dump Trace after the event
Example 1-231 Display the error log for the card in slot 3. In this example, the card is an FRSM-8T1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr -en 3
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a08 ipc_renumber_as_slave +200: ipc_remove_ports_on_seat()
0x800d02a8 ipc_remove_ports_on_seat + a0: ipc_remove_port()
0x800d01dc ipc_remove_port +190: ipc_subsys_init()
0x800cecf0 ipc_subsys_init +204: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
dspfeature
Use the dspfeature command to display features or to change features, such as Channelized and Rate Control. Without parameters, this command acts as a display command.
When the rate control feature is set to ON, the card supports ForeSight. ForeSight is a software feature that provides a closed-loop feedback mechanism for controlling the rate at which users can apply to the network. It improves the efficiency of the network when carrying Frame Relay data, especially during periods of light usage, and maintains consistent performance during peak loading periods without dropping frames. This can be enabled only on an Available Bit Rate (ABR) connection. If the Rate Control feature is OFF, this cannot be enabled.
If the channelized feature is set to ON, it will enable either channelized E1 or channelized T1 for cards that are channelized.
Card
|
Channelized Feature
|
FRSM-8T1
|
Channelized T1
|
FRSM-8E1
|
Channelized E1
|
FRSM-2CT3
|
Channelized T1
|
FRSM-2T3/2E3/HS2
|
No channelized feature on cards
|
Channelized E1 is an access link operating at 2.048 Mbps. It is subdivided into 30 B-channels and
1 D-channel, supporting DDR, Frame Realys, and x.25.
Channelized T1 is an access link operating at 1.544 Mbps. It is subdivided into 24 channels
(23 B-channels and 1 D-channel) of 64 Kbps each. The individual channels or groups of channels connect to different destinations and support DDR, Frame Relay, and x.25. Channelized T1 also is known as fractional T1.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Full Name
Display Feature
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2), FRSM-8T1/E1
Syntax
dspfeature [[feature] [enable]]
Syntax Description
feature
|
One of the following features:
• 375 = channelized
• 193 = rate control
|
enable
|
Enable or disable feature:
• 97 = ON
• 0 = OFF
|
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Group -2
golden1.1.2.VHS2CT3.s > dspfeature
dspfst
Use the dspfst command to view current ForeSight parameter settings for the current service module. See the description of the cnffst command for an explanation of the ForeSight parameter settings.
Full Name
Display ForeSight Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspfst
Related Commands
cnffst
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-232 Display the current ForeSight parameter settings for the FRSM-2CT3
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspfst
dspfw
Use the dspfw command to view firmware files stored on the hard disk of the MGX 8800 series switch.
Full Name
Display Firmware Revisions
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspfw [bt] [sm <slot>]
Syntax Description
[bt]
|
Backup boot.
|
[sm <slot>]
|
Number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-233 Show the firmware versions for the current PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfw
"1.1.10" in pxm_1.1.10.fw
"1.1.11" in pxm_1.1.11.fw
dspfwrevs
Use the dspfwrevs command to display the current list of firmware revisions on the PXM.
Full Name
Display Firmware Revisions
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspfwrevs
Related Commands
newrev, printrev
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-234 Show the current firmware revisions on the selected PXM.
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfwrevs
Cfg Size Date Time File Name Card Type Version
--- -------- ------------------ ------------ ------------
--------------------
No 1996736 05/06/1999 15:40:24 pxm_gprasann.fw PXM1E1 gprasann
No 615232 05/10/1999 13:11:36 sm90.fw CESM-8T1E1
10.0.00_19Apr99_1
No 794572 05/20/1999 18:10:50 sm35.fw FRSM-8T1E1
10.0.01_18May99_1_rm
No 1983308 04/24/1999 14:18:48 pxm_1.0.00Eh.fw PXM1E1 1.0.00Eh
N/A 1500292 04/28/1999 14:31:48 pxm_gprasann.fw.working-bcdc PXM1E1 gprasann
No 2089064 06/27/1999 08:12:50 pxm_rmenon.fw PXM1E1 rmenon
Yes 892356 07/01/1999 15:22:36 sm130.fw FRSM-2CT3E1
5.0.01_24Jun99_1_raj
No 884404 05/24/1999 11:30:04 smravi.fw FRSM-2CT3E1
5.0.00_21May99_1_raj
dsphotstandby
Use the dsphotstandby command to display service modules in hot standby state. Service modules that are part of a 1:1 redundancy can be in hot standby state. When the secondary service module is introduced, it goes into standby state for a number of minutes, then to hot standby state. For example, an FRSM-VHS module with 4000 connections requires about eight minutes to go from standby state to hot standby state.
In hot standby state, if the active service module fails, the standby service module takes over from the active service module with less than one second of traffic loss. Without the hot standby feature, the delay for a standby service module to take over could be as high as eight minutes, resulting in traffic loss for that period of time.
For the hot standby feature to work, you need a PXM and VHS image that support this functionality, and a FRSM-VHS module. This feature is available in the software version 1.1.20 release, and requires no configuration of the PXM or the service module.
Use dsphotstandby in conjunction with dspred to view the redundant slot links.
Full Name
Display Hot Standby
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsphotstandby
Related Commands
dspred
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-235 View the current redundant slot links
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
4 FRSM-2CT Standby 10 FRSM-2CT Active 1:1 4
Example 1-236 Display the hot standby state for slots 4 and 10
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby
Slot 4 : Primary SM in HOT STANDBY state.
Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.
Example 1-237 Displaying a service module in slot 4 going from standby into hot standby state
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby
Slot 4 : Primary SM not in Hot Standby state.
Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.
dspif
Use the dspif command to view configuration and state information for a broadband interface.
Full Name
Display Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspif <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfif
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-238 Display configuration and state information for broadband interface number 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspif 1
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dspifcnt
Use the dspifcnt command to view interface counters for a broadband interface.
Full Name
Display Interface Counter
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifcnt <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfifcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-239 Display counters and state information for broadband interface number 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifcnt 1
Interface State : Line Failure
Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0
Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0
Transmitted OAM Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0
dspifip
Use the dspifip command to view all configured interface IP addresses on the current PXM, as well as their status. The possible interfaces are Ethernet, SLIP, and ATM. Data displayed for the SLIP interface will be displayed when the interface is enabled using the cnfifip command; for example:
Software Version
New feature (displays the state of each interface) available with 1.1.12 and higher.
Full Name
Display Interface IP Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifip
Related Commands
cnfifip, delifip
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-240 Display the IP LAN configuration
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip
Interface Flag IP Address Subnetmask Broadcast Addr
--------------- ---- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Ethernet/lnPci0 UP 172.29.37.77 255.255.255.0 172.29.37.255
SLIP/sl0 DOWN 172.29.36.253 255.255.255.252 (N/A)
ATM/atm0 UP 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128 0.0.0.0
dspifrsc
Use the dspifrsc command to view all resource partition information for the specified interface.
Full Name
Display Interface Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifrsc <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
dspif
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-241 Display the resource partition information for all controller types on broadband interface 1
POP1.1.7.PXM.a > dspifrsc 1
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 PAR Mod 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 2000
1 PNNI Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767
1 TAG Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767
dspifs
Use the dspifs command to view the current list of configured broadband interfaces.
Full Name
Display List of Broadband Interfaces
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifs
Related Commands
upif, cnfif
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-242 Display configuration and state information for all the broadband interfaces on the current PXM. In the response below, only broadband interface number 1 exists on the current PXM.
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dspilmi
Use the dspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.
Full Name
Display ILMI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax
dspilmi <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
•
Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
Example 1-243 Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmi 1
Signalling: No signalling
ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1
KeepAlivePolling: Disabled
PollingInterval (secs): 30
MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs): 10
Example 1-244 Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmi 1
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
dspilmicnt
Use the dspilmicnt command to view the ILMI counters.
Full Name
Display ILMI Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax
dspilmicnt <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-245 Display the ILMI counters for port 1 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmicnt 1
GetNextRequestsReceived: 0
GetResponseTransmitted: 0
dspilmis
Use the dspilmis command to view all interim local management interface (ILMI) configurations on the PXM.
Full Name
Display All ILMI Configurations
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspilmis
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-246 Display the ILMI configuration for all ports on the PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmis
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
dspimagrp
Use the dspimagrp command to view delay and resilient links inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Full Name
Display IMA Group
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrp <aimux_grp>
Syntax Description
aimux_grp
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-247 Display all the detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX
group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrp 1
IMA Port state : Sig. Failure
IMA Group Ne state : Startup
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp
Timing reference link : 1
Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number"
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspimagrpcnt
Use the dspimagrpcnt command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) counters on the current AUSM card for all IMA groups.
Full Name
Display IMA Group Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-248 Display all the detailed status and configuration information for the IMA counters for AIMUX group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrpcnt 1
Ne Number of failures : 0
dspimagrps
Use the dspimagrps command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters for AUSM.
Full Name
Display IMA Groups
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrps
Related Commands
dspimagrp, cnfimagrp, dspimainfo, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-249 Display all the IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrps
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
dspimainfo
Use the dspimainfo command to view information about inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Full Name
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimainfo
Related Commands
dspimagrp, cnfimagrp
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-250 Display all the IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimainfo
-----------------------------------------------------
dspimalncnt
Use the dspimalncnt command to view current AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.
Full Name
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimlncnt, clrimalncnt, dspaimlncnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-251 Display the line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimalncnt 1 1
Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0
Port changed from LDS : 0
# HEC errored seconds : 0
# Severely HEC errored seconds : 0
Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8.
dsplink
Use the dsplink command to view a link on a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.
Full Name
Display Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplink <T3 line number>
Syntax Description
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number, in the format slot.line.
• Slot = enter the value 15 or 31
• Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
dellink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
System Response
T3Line
|
StartT
|
TRowStatus
|
TargetSlot
|
TargetSlotLine
|
1
|
1
|
Add
|
7
|
1
|
1
|
2
|
Add
|
7
|
2
|
1
|
3
|
Add
|
7
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
Add
|
7
|
4
|
dsplmiloop
Use the dsplmiloop command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations. The command displays the LMI loop status as present or not present for the feeder trunk. This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.
Full Name
Display LMI Loop
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplmiloop
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis, addlmiloop, dellmiloop
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
The example that follows illustrates:
1
The display feeder trunk command showing that a feeder trunk is configured on the PXM.
2
The display LMI loop command, indicating that no LMI loop exists.
Example 1-252 Display Feeder Trunk, Display LMI Loop
TRK Current Alarm Status Other End
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
The example that follows illustrates:
1
The add LMI loop command adding an LMI loop configuration to the PXM.
2
The display LMI loop command showing that an LMI loop is present.
Example 1-253 Add LMI Loop, Display LMI Loop
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addlmiloop 7.1
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
dsplmistats
Use the dsplmistats command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations.
Full Name
Display All LMI Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspilmis
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-254 Display the LMI statistics for the PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmistats
Enabled : 1 Port Status : 0
WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0
Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 0
Poll Timer : 0 Trans Num : 0
Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0
UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0
Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0
Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0
NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 18329
NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0
Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0
Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0
BPX IP Addr : 172.1.1.215
dspln
Use the dspln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line. When the current card is a PXM, you must specify the line type:
•
ds3 if the PXM has a T3 line module
•
e3 if the PXM has an E3 line module
•
SONET if the PXM has an OC-3 or OC-12 line module
Full Name
Display Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
dspln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the line number entry for a T3 line.
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the line number entry for an E3 line.
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the line number entry for a SONET line.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.
Line range = 1-n as appropriate for the interface.
|
Note
Set line number value at 7 or 8 if the line type is SONET.
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
dspln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-n as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
addln, cnfln, delln
Attributes
Log: No State: Active on PXM, any state on service modules Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display line 2 on the current AUSM card
•
Display T3 line 1 on the current PXM (BNC-2T3)
•
Display OC-3 line 1 on the current PXM
•
Display line 3 on the current FRSM card
Example 1-255 Display line 2 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspln 2
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
ConfigChangePortBitMap: 0x0
Example 1-256 Display T3 line 1 on the current PXM (BNC-2T3)
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -ds3 7.1
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes
Example 1-257 Display OC-3 line 1 on the current PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -sonet 7.1
sonetLineType: sonetSts3c
sonetLineLoopback: NoLoop
sonetPayloadScramble: Enabled
sonetFrameScramble: Enabled
sonetMediumTimeElapsed: 0
sonetMediumValidIntervals: 0
sonetMediumLineCoding: NRZ
sonetMediumLineType: LongSingleMode
sonetMediumCircuitIdentifier: Sonet Line
Example 1-258 Display line 3 on the current FRSM card
spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dspln 3
LineLength: G.703 120 ohm
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Syntax : dspln "line_num"
line number -- values ranging from 1-8 are accepted, for FRSM_8
dsplnrsc
Use the dsplnrsc command to view the resource partition information for a specified line on the PXM.
Full Name
Display Line Resource
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplnrsc <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-259 Display partition information for line 1 on the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dsplnrsc 1
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dsplns
Use the dsplns command to view the configuration for all lines on the current card. On the PXM, you must specify the line type.
Full Name
Display Lines
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
On all cards other than a PXM, enter dsplns without arguments.
On a PXM:
dsplns <LineTable> <slot>
Syntax Description
LineTable
|
Line type = enter ds3, or e3, or SONET.
Use the dspcd command to view line types.
|
slot
|
Slot number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.
|
Related Commands
addln, cnfln, delln, dspcds, dspln
Attributes
Log: No State: PXM: Active. Others: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display lines on the current FRSM (8T1) card
•
Display lines on the current FRSM HX1/B card
•
Display lines on the current PXM with BNM-T3E3 trunk card
•
Display lines on the current AUSM
•
Display lines on the PXM with OC-3
•
Display lines on the PXM with OC-12
Example 1-260 Display lines on the current FRSM (8T1) card
spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dsplns
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
3.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
Example 1-261 Display lines on the current FRSM HS1/B card
porky.1.14.FRSM.a > dsplns
Line Type Rate Status Alarm
---- ------ ----------- -------- ---------
14.1 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes
14.2 dce 8192 Kbps mod No
14.3 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes
Example 1-262 Display lines on the current PXM with BNM-T3E3 trunk card
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns ds3 7
Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- -------------
1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check C-bits
1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check
C-bitLineNumOfValidEntries: 1
Example 1-263 Display lines on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.19.AUSM.a > dsplns
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Œ Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
19.1 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.2 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.3 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.4 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.5 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.6 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.7 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.8 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
Example 1-264 Display lines on the PXM with OC-3
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dsplns sonet 7
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sonet Line Line Line HCS Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line
Line Type Status Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type
----- ----- ------ ------ ---- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------
1 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine
2 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine
3 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine
4 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine
Example 1-265 Display lines on the PXM with OC-12
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns sonet 7
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sonet Line Line Line HCS Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line
Line Type Status Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type
----- ----- ------ ------ ---- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------
1 sonet Ena NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 96734 96 Other LongSingleMode
dsploads
Use the dsploads PAR command to view the connection load at a specified port on the AUSM. This command helps you to determine whether adding more connections is advisable.
The display shows the load in cells per second. The layout of the display is in rows and columns. One column exists for each port, and one row exists for each connection type. If the traffic is exceeding the bandwidth configured for the port, an "overload" message appears at the bottom of the column for the overloaded port.
Full Name
Display Loads
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dsploads
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-266 Display the load on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dsploads
Load Display for AUSM ports
*******************************
CBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0
VBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0
ABR (based on MCR) 64000 64000 64000 64000
-------------------------------
Total 64000 64000 64000 64000
Load Status OverloadOverloadOverloadOverload
Note: All Cell Rates are multiplied by respective
Percentage Utilization factors
dsplog
Use the dsplog command to view events and messages logged by the current PXM or FRSM. The most recent events appear at the top of the list. The dsplog command displays the MGX 8800 series log. If you enter the command without either of the optional parameters, the system displays the entire log for all cards. Optionally, you can display the log for a particular card or a particular log entry.
Full Name
Display Log
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax
dsplog -log <EventLog# > -mod <ModuleName> -sev <Severity#> -sl <Slot# > -task <TaskName>
-tge <MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS> -tle <MM/DD/YYYY -HH:MM:SS>
Syntax Description
-log
|
Command delineator that precedes the EventLog# entry.
|
EventLog#
|
Number of the event log item.
|
-mod
|
Command delineator that precedes the Module Name entry.
|
Module Name
|
Module name.
|
-sev
|
Command delineator that precedes the Severity # entry.
|
Severity #
|
Severity number.
|
-sl
|
Command delineator that precedes the Slot# entry.
|
Slot#
|
Slot number that contains the card associated with the event log.
|
-task
|
Command delineator that precedes the TaskName entry.
|
TaskName
|
Task name.
|
-tge
|
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.
|
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
|
Month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
|
-tle
|
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.
|
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
|
Month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
|
Related Commands
clrlog, dsplogs
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-267 Display all log files
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplog
04/01/70-13:10:03 tRootTask 2 Illegal msg received
04/01/70-13:10:07 aum 1312 local IP address not programmed
03/01/70-20:11:31 smm 1207 slave ack timeout
dsplogs
Use the dsplogs command to view information from all event log files.
Full Name
Display Logs
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax
dsplogs
Related Commands
clrlog, dsplog
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-268 Display all log files
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs
log_file: C:/LOG/event04.log
created when 11/08/1998-19:19:58
log_file: C:/LOG/event03.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:34:38
log_file: C:/LOG/event02.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:18:26
log_file: C:/LOG/event01.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:15:22
dspmaptbl
Use the dspmaptbl command to view the numbers assigned to Frame Relay ports or ATM ports on the FRSM or AUSM, respectively.
Full Name
Display Map Table
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
dspmaptbl
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the map table for the current FRSM
•
Display the map table for the current AUSM
Example 1-269 Display the map table for the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspmaptbl
PortNum DLCI ChanNum LineNum
------- ---- ------- -------
Example 1-270 Display the map table for the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspmaptbl
PortNum VPI VCI ChanNum Channel Type
------- --- --- ------- ------------
dspmsgcnt
Use the dspmsgcnt command to view the control message counters for the card.
Full Name
Display Control Message Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspmsgcnt
Related Commands
clrmsgcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the control message counters for the current card (an AUSM)
•
Display the control message counter for the current card (a VISM)
Example 1-271 Display the control message counters for the current card (an AUSM)
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspmsgcnt
SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0
SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0
Example 1-272 Display the control message counter for the current card (a VISM)
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspmsgcnt
SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0
SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0
dspname
Use the dspname PAR command to view the name of the node.
Full Name
Display Name
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspname
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-273
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspname
dspnwip
Use the dspnwip PAR command to view the network IP address for the switch.
Full Name
Display Network IP Address
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspnwip
Related Commands
cnfnwip
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-274 Display the network IP address for the switch
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspnwip
dspoamlpbk
Use the dspoamlpbk command to display the status of an OAM loopback test. The display indicates the PVCs currently under OAM loopback alarm, and the transmission rate of the OAM loopback cells.
Full Name
Display OAM Loopback
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2
Syntax
dspoamlpbk
Related Commands
cnfoamlpbk
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-275 Display loopback command without loopback configured on module
popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.s > dspoamlpbk
RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Disabled
16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
Example 1-276 Display loopback command with loopback configured on channels 17 and 18
popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.a > dspoamlpbk
RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Enabled
Following Channels are under Ras Alarm :
16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
dsponoff
Use the dsponoff command to view all parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM.
Full Name
Display Onoff Command Settings
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsponoff
Related Commands
onoff
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 2
Example 1-277 Display all the parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsponoff
2 Dynamic BW Allocation YES
7 Auto Renum Fail Recov YES
dspparifs
Use the dspparifs PAR command to view all Portable AutoRoute (PAR) interfaces for the current PXM.
Full Name
Display PAR Interfaces
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspparifs
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-278 Display all the PAR interfaces for the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspparifs
slot.port type status vpi vci txRate rxRae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 UNI_IF FAILED 0 to 4095 0 to 65535 96000 9600
0.33 CLK_IF FAILED 0 to 0 0 to 0 0 0
7.33 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664
7.34 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664
dspplpp
Use the dspplpp command to view the configured Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) parameters on the current AUSM.
Full Name
Display PLPP
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspplpp <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfplpp
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-279 Display the PLPP parameters for port 1 on the current AUSM card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
dspport
Use the dspport command on an FRSM and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.
Use the dspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor configuration for the specified port.
Full Name
Display Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspport <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– T1 range = 1-192
– E1 range = 1-248
• AUSM range = 1-8
• CESM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
FRSM: addport, cnfport, delport
AUSM: upport, dnport
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM8-T1.
•
Display port 1 on the current AUSM.
Example 1-280 Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM8-T1
popeye.1.17.FRSM.a > dspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1)
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
PortOversubscribed: False
PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
Example 1-281 Display normal UNI port on the current AUSM-8
popeye.1.29.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
Example 1-282 Display a port in the IMA group on the current AUSM-8
popeye.1.27.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1 (or dspimagrp 1)
IMA Group Ne state : operational
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 10773
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 7182
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 275
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
IMAGrp Failure status : No Failure
Timing reference link : 1
Example 1-283 Display port 1 on the current FRSM-VHS2CT3
golden.1.5.VHS2CT3.a > dspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1)
PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec
T392PollingVerificationTimer:15 sec
N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms
PortOversubscribed: False
PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based
Example 1-284 Display port 1 on the current FRSM-HS1
golden.1.25.FRSM.a > dspport 1
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer:15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
PortOversubscribed: False
dspportcnt
Use the dspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port.
Full Name
Display Port Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspportcnt <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• PXM range = 1-32
• FRSM
– T1 range = 1-192
– E1 range = 1-248
– X.21 range = 1-4
– HSSI range = 1-2
• CESM
– T1 range = 1-192
– E1 range = 1-248
• AUSM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
cnfcd, dspcds
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
•
Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
•
Display port counters on port 1 of the current PXM
Example 1-285 Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1
IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0
EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0
SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0
Example 1-286 Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
Example 1-287 Display port counters on port 1 of the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportcnt 1
Interface State : Line Failure
Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0
Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0
Transmitted OAM Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 256656
Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0
dspportq
Use the dspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.
Full Name
Display Port Queue Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspportq <port number> <egress queue number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-12.
|
Related Commands
dspportqs
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-288 Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportq 1 1
CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450
CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400
EFCIThreshold(cells): 400
MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096
Syntax : dspportq "port_num egress_q"
port number -- values ranging from 1-8
queue # -- queue number : 1 - 16, 0 - for default in addchan
dspportqs
Use the dspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.
Full Name
Display Port Queue Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspportqs
Related Commands
dspportq
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-289 Display egress queue information for all the egress queues on the AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspportqs
Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh
---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ----------
1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
dspportrscprtn
Use the dspportrscprtn command to view the port resource partition on the current PXM.
Full Name
Display Port Resource Partition Information
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspportrscprtn
Related Commands
dspcdrscprtn, dsplnrsc, dsprscprtn
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-290 Display the port resource partition on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportrscprtn
Port Ctrlr Row PctBw VPI VCI Max
Num Type Stat In/Out min/max min/max GLCNs
-------------------------------------------------------------
1 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
1 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
1 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
dspports
Use the dspports command to view information about all ports on the current card.
Full Name
Display Ports
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspports
Related Commands
addport, cnfport, delport, dspport
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the ports on the current FRSM
•
Display the ports on the current PXM
•
Display the ports on the current AUSM
•
Display the ports on the current CESM
Example 1-291 Display the ports on the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspports
Port Ena/Speed EQService SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 InAlarm
-------- --- ----- --------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------
17.2.1 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.2 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.3 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.4 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.5 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.6 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.7 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.8 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.9 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.10 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.11 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.12 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.13 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.14 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.15 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.16 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.17 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.18 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.19 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
Example 1-292 Display the ports on the current PXM
pop_oc12.1.8.PXM.a > dspports
Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
Example 1-293 Display the ports on the current AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspports
No ATM T1/E1 UNI ports currently active
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
Example 1-294 Display the ports on the current CESM
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspports
------ --- ------ --------
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
dspportstats
Use the dspportstats command to view statistics information for a specified port on the FRSM.
Full Name
Display Port Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspportstats <line#> <1st_DS0>
Syntax Description
line#
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
1st_DS0
|
First DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• T1 range = 1-24
• E1 range = 1-32
|
Related Commands
dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-295 Display statistics information for port 1 on first DS0 of 12
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportstats 1 12
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
dspprf
Use the dspprf command to view profiler data. The profiler is organized in terms of resources that are being monitored. The data being collected for a particular resource can be of "interval" or "total" nature. If the total option is specified, the last 150 tasks executed, or that are executing, are displayed. If no options are specified, the dspprf command shows interval data. Note that the interval is configured using the cnfprfparam command.
If the abort option is added to the command, the latest profiler data that is saved during a Controller Card abort is displayed; for example, 1 million 3, 3 million, 2 million 1000, 52, 252. If the profiler is examined without the "abort" (a) option, then the real-time data that is being collected every "x" seconds (configured using cnfprfparam) is displayed. By default, the real-time data is collected every 20 seconds.
Full Name
Display Profiler Data
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspprf [t|i] [m|n|r]
Syntax Description
t
|
Total data collected from the time when the system is initialized.
|
i
|
Interval data collected every "x" seconds, as specified using the cnfprfparm command. If no options are specified, interval data is displayed.
|
m
|
Displays memory data.
|
n
|
Displays node information.
|
r
|
Displays region usage.
|
Related Commands
dspprfhist, cnfprfparm
Attributes
Log: No State: Active_Only Privilege: Any
All valid combinations possible with the dspprf command are listed below. The [a] and [s] options specify abort or standby data.
dspprf i m
dspprf t m
dspprf i n
dspprf t n
dspprf i r
dspprf t r
Example 1-296 Interval profiler data for memory resources (dspprf i m)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf i m
Data Components
Task names
|
Task names for the tasks that are spawned. For dynamic tasks, note that task names are repeated since they are spawned, exited, and repeated.
|
HP
|
Number of times the task made a high-priority memory allocation.
|
LP
|
Number of times the task made a low-priority memory allocation.
|
Free
|
Number of times the task made a free memory call.
|
Assgn
|
Number of times memory was assigned to this process.
|
Example 1-297 Total profiler data for memory resources (dspprf t m)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf t m
UNKOWN 204 24896 204 24896
tRootTask 80 5129696 80 5129696
tDBM 201 192240 232 202656
tDbgInTask 8 3200 10 4512
tRMM 2241 267712 2241 267712
tVsmConMgr 25 1808 26 18240
BlkAssgn AssgnSz BlkFree FreeSz Fail
tDBM 62 20832 121 33680 0
tDbgInTask 21 20032 21 18880 0
tRed 4 1219696 43274 5456384 0
Data Components
Task names
|
Task names for the tasks that are spawned. Note that some task names are repeated because they are dynamic tasks that are spawned, then exited.
|
Blks
|
Number of memory blocks currently owned by the task. Blks provides an approximation of the memory consumption by a task under "normal" circumstances (assuming the command was executed when the node was "normal"). This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.
|
Size
|
The total size of memory owned by task, in bytes. This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.
|
MaxBlks
|
Maximum number of blocks currently used by a given task. This data helps in debugging memory-related aborts or problems.
|
MaxSize
|
Maximum total memory used by a given task.
|
BlkAssgn
|
When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and Assgnl counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.
|
AssgnSz
|
When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and AssgnSz counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.
|
BlkFree
|
Number of available memory blocks.
|
FreeSz
|
Maximum total memory available.
|
Fails
|
Number of times memory allocation failed for the task.
|
Example 1-298 Interval profiler data for node resources (dspprf i n)
Displays statistics on the amount of SAR buffer used for messaging with other cards or nodes.
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf in
Data Components
CELL
|
The CELL buffer is the size of one ATM cell.
|
SMALL
|
The SMALL buffers are approximately 6 cells of frame payload in size.
|
MEDIUM
|
The MEDIUM buffers are approximately 41 cells of frame payload in size.
|
LARGE
|
The LARGE buffers are approximately 171 cells of frame payload in size.
|
Pk Tx Low (APP->SCM)
|
Represents the interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.
|
Pk Tx High (APP->SCM)
|
Represents the interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.
|
Pk Rx Low (SAR->SCM)
|
Represents the interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.
|
Pk Rx High (SAR->SCM)
|
Represents the interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.
|
Fail
|
Indicates how many buffer allocations of that size have failed in the interval.
|
HP
|
The high-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.
|
LP
|
The low-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.
|
Example 1-299 Total profiler data for node resources (dspprf t n)
This command displays information about some of the node-wide resources. Currently, message buffers usage for messaging between different processes are stored.
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tn
Pool Name: TotlChnk FreeChnk LoWatMk AllocOks AllcFail Frees
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Nw_Prot_Pkt 100 100 100 0 0 0
Nw_Msg_Ltr 1000 999 999 1 0 0
Cm_SCon_Bmap 10 10 10 0 0 0
Cm_Mcon_Bmap 10 9 9 1 0 0
IPC port info 100 100 100 0 0 0
Data Components
Pool names
|
The following chunk pool names are used in PAR and for IPC to the RPM:
• Nw_Prot_Pkt = Network Protocol Packet
• Nw_Msg_Ltr = Network Message Letter
• Cm_SCon_Bmap = Connection Management Standby Connection Bit map
• Cm_Mcon_Bmap = Connection management Mandatory Connection Bit map
• IPC port info = Interprocess Communication port information
|
TotlChnk
|
Total number of chunks in a particular memory pool.
|
FreeChnk
|
The number of chunks currently free.
|
LoWatMk
|
The low-water mark, which indicates how low the number of free chunks has gone.
|
AllocOks
|
Allocations OK is the total number of allocations that succeeded.
|
AllcFail
|
Allocations Fail is the total number of allocation failures.
|
Frees
|
The number of chunks that have been freed over time.
|
Example 1-300 Interval profiler data for region resources (dspprf i r)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf ir
DYNAMIC Smple -1 1057 0 0
DYNAMIC Smple -2 1061 0 0
Data Components
HP
|
High-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.
|
LP
|
Low-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.
|
Fail
|
The high-priority and low-priority allocation failures to the various regions that occurred during the interval.
|
Static
|
Static region.
|
Dynamic
|
Dynamic region. Note that a high-priority allocation in the dynamic region will go to the static region if necessary. Low-priority allocation in the region is blocked once the amount of free memory goes below a threshold.
|
Statistic
|
Statistic region.
|
Example 1-301 Total profiler data for region resources (dspprf t r)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tr
Data Components
Aval
|
Number of bytes available in the three memory regions.
|
Fail
|
Fail represents memory allocations that have failed over time.
|
Static
|
Static region.
|
Dynamic
|
Dynamic region.
|
Statistic
|
Statistic region.
|
dspprfhist
Use the dspprfhist command to view performance history. The history maintains the real-time usage (historical) of all the tasks in the system. It can maintain 120 intervals worth of real-time data before it is overwritten. The actual time then depends on the interval time as configured by cnfprfparam 1 command (Interval Time). By default, the interval time is 20 seconds. Multiplied by 120 intervals, this would result in 120 * 20 = 2400 seconds of data. Therefore, you can display 2400 seconds of real-time usage by the different tasks in the system. Unlike the regular dspprf screens, this data is NOT saved on an abort.
This command is useful to determine the real-time usage after a particular event. For example, after a CC switchover or a CC rebuild, run dspprfhist to view how the real time was being used to recover from the rebuild or switchover.
Full Name
Display Performance History
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspprfhist [intervals]
Syntax Description
intervals
|
Number of samples to display, in the range 1-120
Default = 10
|
Related Commands
dspprf, cnfprfparm
Attributes
Log: No State: Active_Only Privilege: Any
Example 1-302 View two samples on the current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprfhist
19:4:31(From)-19:4:51(To)
---------------------------------------
19:4:11(From)-19:4:31(To)
---------------------------------------
19:3:51(From)-19:4:11(To)
---------------------------------------
Data Components
Task
|
The task name that was running.
|
Task ID
|
An ID number assigned to the task that was running.
|
%
|
Utilization percentage. In each sample, only those processes/tasks that are actually being used in the respective time sample are presented with a %utilization, (except for the INTERRUPT, KERNEL, IDLE, UNKNOWN processes/tasks).
|
dspred
Use the dspred command to view the current redundant slot links.
Full Name
Display Redundancy
Card(s) on Which This Card Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspred
Related Commands
addred, delred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-303 Display the current redundant slot links on the switch
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
3 FRSM-8T1 Active 4 FRSM-8T1 Standby 1:N 0
dsprscprtn
Use the dsprscprtn command to view the resource partition information for the specified interface.
Full Name
Display Resource Partition
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsprscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface Number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set controller type.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-304 Display resource partition information for the PAR controller on broadband interface 1 on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtn 1 1
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
dsprscprtns
Use the dsprscprtns command to view the resource partition information for all the interfaces.
Full Name
Display Resource Partitions
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsprscprtns
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-305 Display resource partition information for all the broadband interfaces on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtns
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
dspsarchans
Use the dspsarchans command to view the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) channels for the current card.
Full Name
Display SAR channels
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsarchans
Related Commands
dspchans
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-306 Display SAR channels
penguin.1.7.PXM.a > dspsarchans
------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------
dspsarcnt
Use the dspsarcnt command to view the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) counters for the current card.
Full Name
Display SAR Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM-8T1E1, CESM, VISM
Syntax for PXM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
dspsarcnt <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• PXM range = 16-1024
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
• VISM range = 32-255
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
dspsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspsarcnts
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display SAR count on the current CESM, channel 22.
•
Display SAR count on the current FRSM, channel 17.
•
Display SAR count for channel 98 on the current card (an AUSM).
•
Display SAR count for channel 37 on the current card (a VISM).
Example 1-307 Display SAR count on the current CESM, channel 22
spirit3.1.13.CESM.a > dspsarcnt 22
--------------- ---------------
Total Cells: 11227853 11529804
Total CellsFERF: 0 302222
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number—value ranging from 32 to 279
a) illegal/invalid parameters
Example 1-308 Display SAR count on the current FRSM, channel 17
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnt 17
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number -- value ranging from 16 to 1015
a) illegal/invalid parameters
Example 1-309 Display SAR count for channel 98 on the current card (an AUSM)
spirit3.1.4.AUSM.a > dspsarcnt 98
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Example 1-310 Display SAR count for channel 37 on the current card (a VISM)
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspsarcnt 37
--------------- ---------------
Total Cells: 667605215 2717092629
Total CellsAIS: 2151235452 2150307780
Total CellsFERF: 229 33554690
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 2150293128 15
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 50331906 2151235408
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
a) illegal/invalid parameters
dspsarcnts
Use the dspsarcnts command to view current segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values.
Full Name
Display SAR Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
dspsarcnts
Related Commands
dspsarcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-311 Show the current SAR counts for the FRSM
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnts
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
dspserialif
Use the dspserialif command to view the speed of a serial port.
Full Name
Display Serial Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspserialif -if <serial_port_num>
Syntax Description
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number, either:
• 1 = console
• 2 = slip
|
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
Example 1-312 Display the speed setting on a console port
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 1
SerialPortNum : 1
SerialPortType : debug
SerialPortEnable : Enable
SerialPortBps : 9600bps
Example 1-313 Display the speed setting on a slip port
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2
SerialPortNum : 2
SerialPortType : main
SerialPortEnable : Enable
SerialPortBps : 9600bps
dspservrate
Use the dspservrate command to view the service rate in cells per second on the selected channel.
Full Name
Display Service Rate
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspservrate <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
• FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
• FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
• FRSM-2CT3 range = 16-4015
• FRSM HS1/B range = 16-271
|
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-314 Display the service rate on channel 22 on the current card
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspservrate 22
Service Rate (cells/sec): 1000
dspshelfalm
Use the dspshelfalm command to view the shelf alarms for the MGX 8800 series shelf. The status of every alarm appears in the display unless you include the optional argument and include a specific alarm number. See the example for the number for each alarm.
In the dspshelfalm display, the State column shows whether the alarm has been asserted. "Normal" means that no alarm has been asserted. If an alarm exists, State shows "Above Normal" or "Below Normal." The presence of the word "missing" in the State column means that the input is missing or ignored. The content of the Severity column indicates the severity of the alarm.
Full Name
Display Shelf Alarms
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspshelfalm [-alm <alarm number>]
Syntax Description
-alm
|
Command delineator that precedes the alarm number entry.
|
alarm number
|
Alarm number to display, in the range 1-27.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the status of all shelf alarms
•
Display the status of shelf alarm 6
Example 1-315 Display the status of all shelf alarms
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm
manish.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- -------
1 Temperature 1 50 Minor Yes 28 Normal
2 Power Supply 1 0 Minor No 0 Missing
3 Power Supply 2 0 Minor No 0 Missing
4 Power Supply 3 0 Minor No 0 Normal
5 Power Supply 4 0 Minor No 0 Missing
6 Power Supply 5 0 Minor No 0 Missing
7 Power Supply 6 0 Minor No 0 Missing
8 DC Level 1 6 Minor Yes 0 Below normal
9 DC Level 2 6 Minor Yes 49 Normal
10 Fan Unit 1 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
11 Fan Unit 2 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
12 Fan Unit 3 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
13 Fan Unit 4 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
14 Fan Unit 5 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
15 Fan Unit 6 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
16 Fan Unit 7 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
17 Fan Unit 8 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
18 Fan Unit 9 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
19 Fan Unit 10 2000 Minor Yes 3582 Normal
20 Fan Unit 11 2000 Minor Yes 3588 Normal
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- -------
21 Fan Unit 12 2000 Minor Yes 3666 Normal
22 Fan Unit 13 2000 Minor Yes 3630 Normal
23 Fan Unit 14 2000 Minor Yes 3528 Normal
24 Fan Unit 15 2000 Minor Yes 3534 Normal
25 Fan Unit 16 2000 Minor Yes 3498 Normal
26 Fan Unit 17 2000 Minor Yes 3468 Normal
27 Fan Unit 18 2000 Minor Yes 3420 Normal
Example 1-316 Display the status of shelf alarm 6
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm -alm 6
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- --- -----
6 Power Supply 4 ? Minor No 0 Normal
dspslftst
Use the dspslftst command to view the self-test routine on the current card.
Full Name
Display Self-Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspslftst
Related Commands
clrslftst, cnfslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-317 Display the self-test results for the switch
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspslftst
SelfTestState: SelfTest Passed
SelfTestResultDescription: No failure information available
dspslftsttbl
Use the dspslftsttbl command to view the current contents of the self-test table.
Full Name
Display Self-Test Table
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspslftsttbl
Related Commands
dspslftst
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-318 Show current statistics for self-test table on the FRSM
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspslftsttbl
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
dspslotlink
Use the dspslotlink command to view SRM-3T3 link information for all the lines on the specified service module slot.
Full Name
Display Slot Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspslotlink <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number of the card from which to view the SRM-3T3 link information.
|
Related Commands
delslotlink
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-319 Display the SRM-3T3 link information for slot 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspslotlink 1
Slot Line# T3 Line# T1 Slot#
==== ===== ======== =========
dspsmcnf
Use the dspsmcnf command to view summaries of the configurations for service modules in the system.
Full Name
Display Service Module Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsmcnf
Related Commands
clrsmcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-320 Display the configuration of all the service modules in the switch
MGX 88003.1.3.PXM.a > dspsmcnf
slot Card Rate Channel MIB Feature
No. Type Control ized IMA MULTRKS Version Bits
------ ---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
2 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
3 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3
4 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3
5 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
6 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
9 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
10 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
11 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
12 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
13 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
14 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
17 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
18 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
19 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
20 FRSM-8E1 Off Off Off Off 20 0x0
21 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
22 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
25 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
26 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
27 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
28 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
29 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
30 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
dspsnmp
Use the dspsnmp command to view the community string configured on a service module.
Full Name
Display SNMP
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsnmp
Related Commands
cnfsnmp
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-321 Display the SNMP community string
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp
dspsrmclksrc
Use the dspsrmclksrc command to view the SRM-3T3 clock source for a specified T3 line.
Full Name
Display SRM Clock Source
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, SRM-3T3
Syntax
dspsrmclksrc -ds3 <T3 line number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator for the T3 line number entry.
|
T3 line number
|
T3 line number is in the format slot.line.
• Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
• Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
cnfsrmclksrc
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-322 Display the clock source for T3 line 1 on the SRM-3T3 in slot 15
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspsrmclksrc -ds3 15.1
LineXmtClockSource: backplane clock from BNM
dspstatparms
Use the dspstatparms command to view statistics parameters on the current card.
Full Name
Display Statistics Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, CESM, FRSM
Syntax
dspstatparms
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-323 Display statistics parameter settings on the current card (FRSM-2CT3)
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspstatparms
TFTP ACK time-out (sec): 60
Peak Enable Flag: Disabled
Object Count: 0 STATS COLLECTION: Disabled
Object Subtype Counts: 0 0 0 0
Total File Memory Used: 0
Number of File Allocated: 0
Auto Mem Rgn Size: 6291456
dspswfunc
Use the dspswfunc PAR command to view status of certain node-level, paid features on the node. The features are the feeder implementation (or default routing implementation) of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD) control for ABR traffic.
Full Name
Display Software Function
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspswfunc
Related Commands
cnfswfunc
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-324 Display whether or not paid features (feeder implementation or default routing implementation) of the switch and VSVD control for ABR traffic) have been enabled
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspswfunc
1. ABR VSVD(enable(yes)/disable(no): NO
2. Node Type(routing(routing)/Feeder(fdr): ROUTING
dspsysparm
Use the dspsysparm command to view system parameters.
Full Name
Display System Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsysparm
Related Commands
cnfsysparm
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-325 Display the system parameters for the node
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspsysparm
Max Time Stamped Packet Age(msec) 32
Fail Connections On Communication Break YES
Interval Statistics polling rate for VCs 5
Max Network Delay for 'v' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 'c' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 'a' connections(msec) 216
Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections(msec) 256
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections(msec) 512
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec) 216
FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec) 3
Enable Discard Eligibility 0
Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be 0
Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature 0
Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm 0
dsptotals
Use the dsptotals command to view line, port, and channel totals for the current card.
Full Name
Display Totals
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dsptotals
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-326 Show total active lines, ports, and channels on the current card
spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dsptotals
total active lines = 0/56
total active ports = 0/256
total active chans = 0/1000
dsptrafficgen
Use the dsptrafficgen command to display the status of a traffic generation test. This traffic generation test is used to determine and troubleshoot cell loss and is intended for defective PVCs.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Full Name
Display Traffic Generation Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dsptrafficgen
Related Commands
cnftrafficgen
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-327 Display the traffic generation test on connection 16
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dsptrafficgen
Pattern type : 1( All 0's )
Total Test Frames To Send : 100
Total Test Frames Transmitted : 100
Total Test Frames Received : 0
dsptrapip
Use the dsptrapip command to view the IP address of the interface associated with outgoing traps. The identity of this interface is derived from your settings using the cnftrapip command.
Full Name
Display Outgoing Trap IP Address
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrapip
Related Commands
cnftrapip, addtrapmgr, deltrapmgr, xdsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-328 Display the IP address that will be placed in outgoing traps
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrapip
Trap IP Address :172.29.22.214
dsptrapmgr
Use the dsptrapmgr command to view a list of all the SNMP Managers that are registered to receive traps. This display also presents the current aging parameter set for the traps, as defined by using the agetrapmgr command.
Full Name
Display Trap Managers
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrapmgr
Related Commands
agetrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-329 Display the configuration of all the SNMP Managers that are registered to receive traps on the switch
wilco.1.7.PXM.a> dsptrapmgr
ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum Aging
------------ ------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ------
171.71.0.54 69 Add Off 0 ENABLE
171.71.54.65 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE
171.71.54.69 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE
172.29.37.75 2500 Add Off 100023 ENABLE
172.29.37.209 2500 Add Off 100150 ENABLE
All the trap managers have aging enabled (default).
dsptrkcnf
Use the dsptrkcnf PAR command to view the configuration for a trunk.
Full Name
Display Trunk Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrkcnf <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
• Slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, cnftrk, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-330 Display the configuration on trunk 1 on the card in slot 7
spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrkcnf 7.1
Statistical Reserve : 1000
Traffic Classes : FST FR NTS TS VOICE CBR VBR ABR
dsptrkload
Use the dsptrkload PAR command to view load information for a trunk. This command applies to only the routing node implementation.
Full Name
Display Trunk Load
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrkload <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
• Slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
dsptrks
Use the dsptrks PAR command to view all trunks on the node. This command applies to only the routing node implementation.
Full Name
Display Trunks
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrks
Related Commands
addtrk, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
dspunit391
Use the dspunit391 command to view the current setting for UNI T391 on a specified FRSM card.
Full Name
Display UNI T391
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspunit391
Related Commands
addtrk, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-331 Display the current setting for T391
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspunit391
System UNI T391 = 5 seconds
dspupgrade
Use the dspupgrade command to view the current upgrade status of the active and the standby PXMs.
Full Name
Display Upgrade State
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspupgrade
Related Commands
rstupgrade, newrev, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-332 Display the upgrade state for the two PXMs
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade
dspusers
Use the dspusers command to view the user IDs that have been added to the PXM configuration. The screen shows the user name and highest privilege level and displays the number of those levels above user-privilege.
Full Name
Display Users
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspusers
Related Commands
adduser, deluser
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-333 Display the users configured for this shelf. The users in this example are Raoul and Duke.
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspusers
-------------------------
dspver
Use the dspver command to view firmware versions currently running in both PXM cards.
Full Name
Display Firmware Version
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspver [bt]
Syntax Description
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-334 Display the version of firmware running in both PXM cards
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspver
dspvismip
Use the dspvismip command to view the IP configuration information for the VISM card. This command displays the results of cnfvismip configurations.
Full Name
Display VISM IP Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
dspvismip
Related Commands
cnfvismip
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-335 Display the IP configuration information for the current VISM card
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspvismip
VismIpAddress: 198.45.26.101
dth
Use the dth command to view transaction trace handler statistics.
Full Name
Display Transaction Trace Handler
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dth
Related Commands
cth, thtrace
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-336 Display Transaction Trace Handler Detail
dvsi
Use the dvsi command to view the VIS trace buffer.
Full Name
Display VSI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dvsi
Related Commands
cvsi, vsistats, vsitrace
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group
Example
VSI Trace Buffer is empty
exit
Use the exit command to exit the current CLI shell.
Full Name
Exit from CLI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
exit
Related Commands
bye, logout
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-337 Exit from the current CLI shell
formatdisk
Use the formatdisk command to format the disk and removes all disk contents. There is a warning prompt before this command is executed, at which point you can cancel the command. If you acknowledge the prompt, the command executes, taking about 30 minutes to format a 2 GB disk.
Full Name
Format Disk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
formatdisk
Related Commands
syncdisk
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Super Group
help
Use the help command to view commands associated with the current card. The help command is case-sensitive.
This command takes no arguments and therefore does not provide information about specific commands.
Full Name
Help
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
help
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display current PXM card command suite.
•
Display current AUSM card command suite.
•
Display current FRSM card command suite.
•
Display current VISM card command suite.
•
Display current CESM card command suite.
Example 1-338 Display current PXM card command suite
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a >Display AUSM card command suite
popeye3.1.6.AUSM8.a > help
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addchanloop No Active Group 4
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addimagrp Yes Active Group 1
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addlns2aimgrp Yes Active Group 1
addlns2imagrp Yes Active Group 1
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clraimgrpcnt No Active Group 1
clraimlncnt No Active Group 1
clralmcnts No Any Group 5
clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)
clrchancnt No Any Group 5
clrchancnts No Any Group 3
clrimagrpcnt No Active Group 1
clrimalncnt No Active Group 1
clrportcnt No Any Group 5
clrportcnts No Any Group 5
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2
cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfchan Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanq Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0)
cnfilmi Yes Active Group 1
cnfimaalmparm No Any Group 1
cnfimagrp Yes Active Group 1
cnfimatst No Active Group 1
cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
cnfplpp Yes Active Group 1
cnfportq Yes Active Strata Group (-2)
cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfslftst Yes Active Any User
cnfsvcrange Yes Active Group 1
cnfupcabr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupccbr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupcubr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupcvbr Yes Active Group 2
copychans Yes Active Group 1
delaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchanloop No Active Group 4
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
delimagrp Yes Active Group 1
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
dellnsfmaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
dellnsfmimagrp Yes Active Group 1
delport Yes Active Group 1
delrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dnport Yes Active Group 1
dspaimgrp No Active Group 1
dspaimgrpcnt No Active Group 1
dspaimgrps No Active Group 1
dspaimlncnt No Active Group 1
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2
dspcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspfst No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspilmicnt No Any Any User
dspimaalmparm No Any Group 1
dspimagrp No Active Group 1
dspimagrpcnt No Active Group 1
dspimagrps No Active Group 1
dspimainfo No Active Any User
dspimalncnt No Active Group 1
dsploads No Active Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspplpp Yes Active Group 1
dspportcnt No Any Any User
dspportqs No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dsprscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dspsvcrange Yes Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
dsptotals No Any Any User
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstconseg No Active Group 4
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
upport Yes Active Group 1
xaddcon Yes Active Group 1
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xclrportcnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfcon Yes Active Group 1
xcnfilmi Yes Active Group 1
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfportq Yes Active Group 1
xdelcon Yes Active Group 1
xdnport Yes Active Group 1
xdspportq No Any Any User
xdspportqs No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
xupport Yes Active Group 1
Example 1-339 Display FRSM card command suite
popeye3.1.3.FRSM.a > help
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addchanloop No Active Group 4
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clrportcnt No Any Group 5
clrportcnts No Any Group 5
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 1
cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfchancacoff Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanegressq Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2
cnfchaningressq Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanmap Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanpol Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0)
cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
cnfoamlpbk No Any Any User
cnfport Yes Active Group 1
cnfportcllm Yes Active Group 1
cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfslftst Yes Any Any User
cnftrafficgen No Any Any User
cnfunit391 No Active Super Group (0)
copychans Yes Active Group 1
copyports Yes Active Group 1
delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchanloop No Active Group 4
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
delport Yes Active Group 1
delports Yes Active Group 1
downport Yes Active Group 2
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspbufoverflow No Any Super Group (0)
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype No Any Any User
dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspchanmap No Any Any User
dspchstats No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspfst Yes Active Group 4
dsplcn No Active Any User
dspmaptbl No Any Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspoamlpbk No Any Any User
dspportcnt No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn No Any Any User
dspportstats No Any Any User
dsprscprtn No Any Any User
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspservrate No Any Super Group (0)
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
dsptotals No Any Any User
dsptrafficgen No Any Any User
dspunit391 No Active Any User
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
queDsp No Active Any User
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
upport Yes Active Group 2
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xclrportcnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfport Yes Active Group 1
xdspchancnt No Any Any User
xdspchans No Any Any User
xdspportcnt No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
Example 1-340 Display VISM card command suite
versionDisplay CESM card command suite
Example 1-341 Display CESM card command suite
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addcdrscprtn No Any Any User
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clralmcnts No Any Group 5
clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)
clrchancnt No Any Group 5
clrchancnts No Any Group 3
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfcdprtntype No Any Any User
cnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User
cnfchan Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnfportrscprtn No Any Any User
cnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
cnfslftst Yes Active Any User
cnfswparms No Any Any User
delcdrscprtn No Any Any User
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
delport Yes Active Group 1
delports Yes Active Group 1
delrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dsplcn No Active Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn No Any Any User
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User
oldcnfportrscprtn No Any Any User
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstchan No Active Group 4
tstchansti No Active Group 4
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2)
xcnfcdrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfport Yes Active Group 1
xcnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
xdspchancnt No Any Any User
xdspchans No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
history
Use the history command to view the last 10 commands executed on the current card.
Full Name
Display Command History
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
history
Related Commands
cmdhistory
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-342 Display the last 10 commands executed on the PXM card
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > history
Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s)
ifShow
Use the ifShow command to view the contents of all the currently configured interfaces.
Full Name
Show Interfaces
Card(s) on which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ifShow
Related Commands
memShow, routeShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > ifShow
Flags: (0x63) UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.29.23.149
Broadcast address: 172.29.23.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:c0:43:00:2d:c7
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
599468 packets received; 34476 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x69) UP LOOPBACK ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 4096
4 packets received; 4 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x71) UP POINT-TO-POINT ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Destination Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 576
0 packets received; 0 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x43) UP BROADCAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.1.1.149
Broadcast address: 172.1.1.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:00:00:00:00:00
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 packets received; 47272 packets sent
0 input errors; 47272 output errors
install
Use the install command after transferring a PXM firmware image (using the downloadflash command) during a system upgrade session.
Refer to to see an illustration of how the install command is used in the upgrade process.
Figure 1-6 Install Command Used in the Upgrade Process
Full Name
Install the Firmware Load
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
install [bt] [sm <slot>] <version>
Syntax Description
bt
|
Backup boot.
|
sm <slot>
|
Location of the service module card and the slot number.
|
version
|
Firmware file version.
|
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-343 Begin loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
install command completed ok.
please wait for the other card to enter the hold state.
Example 1-344 Begin loading firmware 1.1.10, no redundancy
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
redundancy is not available
the other card is not available
you are not in redundant mode,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-345 Begin ungraceful upgrade (with redundancy)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.11
the new version is not compatible with the current version,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-346 Begin loading firmware on backup boot
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.11
writing pxm_bkup_masukawa.fw to flash...
Board recognised as a PXM1B board ...
Checksum size is 1261544 ...
Downloading C:/FW/pxm_bkup_1.1.11.fw into the flash ...
verifying flash contents ....
Flash download completed ...
copying pxm_bt_1.1.11.fw to standby...
writing flash on other card...
command completed ok on both pxms.
The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-347 Errors encountered during install command on a PXM (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
file "C:/FW/ComMat.dat" not found
A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.13
FW version C:/FW/pxm_1.1.13.fw is not in the appropriate directory
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.12
A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.12
writing pxm_bkup_1.1.12.fw to flash...
Board recognised as a PXM1B board ...
Backup boot file not found in the FW directory ...
ERR: command "install" failed
Example 1-348 Begin loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > install sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-349 Begin loading firmware on a Service Module, no redundancy
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 10.0.05
you are not in redundant mode,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-350 Begin loading firmware for a Service Module for backup boot
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 FR8_BT_1.0.01
downloading and burning flash on SM 5...
The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-351 Errors encountered during install command on an SM (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 1.1.11
Incorrect version : 1.1.11
Version 1.1.11 is not available
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 1.1.11
Incorrect version : 1.1.11
ERR: command "install" failed
logout
Use the logout command to exit the current CLI shell.
Full Name
Log Out
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
logout
Related Commands
bye, exit
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-352 Log out of the current CLI shell
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > logout
ls
Use the ls command to list the contents of the working directory. The filename is listed for each entry. The total space of the file system and free space is also summarized at the end of the output.
Full Name
List
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ls
Related Commands
cd, pwd, rename, remredir, deltree, copy
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example
frsm_vhs_5.0.01_27May99_1_rmenon.fw
frsm_vhs_5.0.01_16Jun99_1_rmenon.fw
total space : 819200 K bytes
free space : 700583 K bytes
memShow
Use the memShow command to view the current memory map.
Full Name
Show Memory
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
memShow
Related Commands
ifShow, routeShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-353 Show current memory allocation on the PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > memShow
status bytes blocks avg block max block
------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------
free 2967104 37 80192 2879008
alloc 2561600 1774 1443 -
alloc 241511616 1019558 236 -
mkdir
Use the mkdir command to create a new directory.
Full Name
Make directory
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
mkdir <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of the target directory.
|
Related Commands
dir, rmdir
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SERVICE_GP
modbert
Use the modbert command to inject errors into the bit stream for BERT testing.
Full Name
Modify BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
modbert <slot>
Syntax Description
Related Commands
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: GROUP_1
moddsx3bert
Use the moddsx3bert command to inject multi-rate errors into the BERT bit stream.
Full Name
Modify DSX3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
moddsx3bert <EIR>
Syntax Description
EIR
|
Value to define error insertion rate.
• 0 = no error
• 2 = 1 in 10
• 3 = 1 in 100
• 4 = 1 in 1000
• 5 = 1 in 10**4
• 6 = 1 in 10**7
|
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert,
xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any user
Example 1-354 Inject EIR 1-in-10 for the current BERT session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > moddsx3bert 2
Example 1-355 Look at results
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Modify dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) 14:14:44
Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999
Bit countlower: 389194075
Bit Error Countlower 14363002
Error Insertion Rate: oneInTenPowerTwo
mv
Use the mv command to rename a file or directory.
Full Name
Move
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
mv <path_name> <tgt_path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of the existing file or directory.
|
tgt_path_name
|
Name of the target file or directory.
|
Related Commands
rename
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
myid
Use the myid command to view information about the user of the current terminal session.
Full Name
My Identification
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
myid
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-356 Display the login name of the current user—"stratacat" in this case
newrev
Use the newrev command to complete an upgrade/downgrade procedure on the PXM. This operation assumes that the install command has been successfully completed.
When this command executes normally, no output is returned, but the card is reset.
Refer to for an illustration of how the newrev command is used in the firmware upgrade process.
Figure 1-7 newrev Command Used in the Upgrade Process
Full Name
New revision
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
newrev [sm <slot>] <version>
Note
The "sm <slot>" parameter is optional; used only when a service module image is being upgraded.
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.
|
version
|
Firmware version.
|
Related Commands
rstupgrade, dspupgrade, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-357 Loading firmware errors (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11
in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade install'
ERR: command "newrev" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the PXM FW seondary image
ERR: command "newrev" failed
Example 1-358 Loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-359 Loading firmware error for a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05
Incorrect version : 10.0.05
usage: newrev [sm <slot>] <version>
ERR: command "newrev" failed
pagemode
Use the pagemode command to adjust the way information is presented in your console display. Set pagemode off to enable continuous scrolling of displayed information, or set pagemode on to view incremental portions of the display.
Full Name
Page mode
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
pagemode [off]
Syntax Description
off
|
Present uninterrupted results of command.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any User
Example: Set display for continuous scroll
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode off
Value of pageMode is now turned OFF
Example: Set display for incremental views
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode on
Value of pageMode is now turned ON
passwd
Use the passwd command to set the password on the PXM.
Note
The default password is newuser.
Full Name
Password
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
password
Related Commands
cnfpasswd
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any User
Example 1-360
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > passwd
(default password "newuser" will be used)
ping
Use the ping command to send an ICMP packet to a destination address to find out if the host is operational.
Full Name
Ping
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ping <IP_Addr> [<Num_Packets>]
Syntax Description
IP_Addr
|
IP address of the destination host in dotted decimal format.
|
Num_Packets
|
Number of packets, in the range 0-65535.
• 0 = infinite
• 3 = default
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ping 172.29.23.148
PING 172.29.23.148: 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=0. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=1. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=2. time=0. ms
----172.29.23.148 PING Statistics----
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 0/0/0
printrev
Use the printrev command to view the primary and secondary versions of firmware saved in the BRAM.
Full Name
Display Firmware Version
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
printrev
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, copy, install, commit, abort
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-361 Display the version of firmware running in both PXM cards
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > printrev
pwd
Use the pwd command to view the current working directory on the PXM.
Full Name
Present Working Directory
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
pwd
Related Commands
dir, mkdir, rmdir, vxpwd
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example
remove
Use the remove command to delete a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.
Full Name
Remove
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
remove <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
rename
Use the rename command to modify the current name of a file or directory.
Full Name
Rename
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rename <path_name> <tgt_path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
tgt_path_name
|
Name of target file or directory.
|
Related Commands
vxrename
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
resetcd
Use the resetcd command to reset either the hardware of a selected service module or the failure history of the current card.
Using the resetcd command without defining a slot number results in an ungraceful (disruptive) upgrade. This is the fastest method to upgrade a card, but interrupts service.
A graceful (non-disruptive) upgrade requires that the install, newrev, and commit commands have already been executed, and that the card is identified in the command string.
Full Name
Reset Card
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
resetcd [slot number]
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
install, newrev, commit
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-3
Example 1-362
porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetcd 5
resetsys
Use the resetsys command to reset the system.
Full Name
Reset System
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
resetsys
Related Commands
resetcd
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: GROUP_3
Example 1-363 Reset the System
porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetsys
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Warning: firmware reset on active PXM card by cisco@telnet.01 (172.29.52.18)
restoreallcnf
restoreallcnf
Restore All Configurations
Restores all configuration files saved to the CNF directory on the hard drive. The saved configuration is the result of a prior execution of the saveallcnf command.
To see a list of existing configurations that have been zipped by saveallcnf, cd to the C drive and list the contents of the CNF directory.
You may want to use a saved configuration file to restore the configuration on another node, or to put it somewhere safe on a workstation. In order to move it off of a hard disk and use it with the restoreallcnf command on another node, TFTP the file off of the hard disk. See the example below, where 172.29.xx.xx is the IP address. To put the file on another node, use the TFTP put instead of TFTP get, then run the restoreallcnf command.
TFTP a configuration file off of the hard disk
tftp> get CNF/sj885168_0226011840.zip
Received 366160 bytes in 1.7 seconds
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
restoreallcnf [-f] <FILENAME> [-v]
Syntax Description
-f
|
Specifies the filename of the zipped version of the configuration.
|
FILENAME
|
Filename to be stored.
|
-v
|
(Optional) Specifies that a list of the restored configuration files goes to the default printer. The default is no printout. In releases prior to Release 1.1.34, this option should be used, since it will not be automatically displayed on the monitor after the restoreallcnf command is executed.
|
Related Commands
clrallcnf, saveallcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
rnmnd
Use the rnmnd command to renumber a routing node. This command is not applicable for a feeder node, and by default is set to 1.
Full Name
Renumber Node
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rnmnd <1 | 2>
Syntax Description
<1 | 2>
|
1 = feeder node
2 = routing node
|
Related Commands
routeDelete, routeNetAdd, routeShow, routestatShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: GROUP 1
Example 1-364 Renumber node error on a feeder node
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > rnmnd 2
Node renumber not allowed for Feeder Node
routeShow
Use the routeShow command to view the current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system.
Full Name
Show Routing
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
routeShow
Related Commands
routestatShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-365 Display the current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routeShow
destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0.0 172.29.23.149 1 1 21778 lnPci0
0.0.0.0 172.29.23.1 3 0 2755 lnPci0
172.1.1.0 172.1.1.149 1 0 0 atm0
172.29.23.0 172.29.23.149 1 2 5275 lnPci0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 5 0 0 sl0
127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 5 1 0 lo0
172.29.23.3 172.1.1.149 5 0 3555 atm0
172.29.23.5 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.7 172.1.1.149 5 0 3335 atm0
171.71.29.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.28 172.1.1.149 5 0 6127 atm0
172.29.23.29 172.1.1.149 5 1 6065 atm0
171.71.29.32 172.1.1.149 5 0 5842 atm0
171.71.29.44 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.53 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
171.71.29.59 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
171.71.28.126 172.1.1.149 5 0 3309 atm0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
routestatShow
Use the routestatShow command to view the current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system.
Full Name
Show Routing Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
routestatShow
Related Commands
routeShow
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-366 Display the current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routestatShow
0 dynamically created route
0 new gateway due to redirects
0 destination found unreachable
11095 uses of a wildcard route
rstupgrade
Use the rstupgrade command to cancel the software upgrade process. In normal circumstances, the abort command is the best way to stop the software upgrade process. However, if a hardware failure or other error occurs during the installation, run the rstupgrade command to cancel the installation. Run the dspupgrade command to display the status. The status "upgrade idle" indicates that the upgrade has been cancelled. You then can correct the cause of the error, and start the upgrade process again.
Refer to Figure 1-8 for an illustration of how the rstupgrade command is used in the upgrade process.
Figure 1-8 rstupgrade Command Used in the Upgrade Process
Full Name
Reset Upgrade
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rstupgrade
Related Commands
dspupgrade, newrev, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-367 Reset upgrade and display upgrade
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >rstupgrade
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade
runslftstno
Use the runslftstno command activate the self-test for the specified self-test number on the current card.
Full Name
Run Self-Test Number
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
runslftstno <Test #>
Syntax Description
Test #
|
Number of the test to run during this session. If this parameter is omitted, all tests are run.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Run all self-tests on an installed AUSM card.
•
Run self-test on an installed FRSM 2CT3 card.
•
Run specified self-test on a current card.
Example 1-368 Run all self-tests on the current AUSM card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
8 DPRAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
9 CSERAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
10 CAM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
11 IMA grp lpbk test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
Example 1-369 Run all self-tests on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
Example 1-370 Run all self tests on the current FRSM-2CT3 card
spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
Example 1-371 Run the self test with the specified self test number on the current card
spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno 1
Test Number 1 Result: PASS
saveallcnf
Save All Configuration
Save All Configurations—save all configuration files to a zip file on the hard drive.
Warning
The shelf must not provision new circuits while this command is running. Do not run this command unless the shelf configuration is stable or you risk corrupting the saved configuration file.
The saveallcnf command saves all configurations to a zipped file in the CNF directory on the hard drive. The zip file can then be used to restore the configuration at a later time. This command takes significant time to execute, so a warning message prompts you for confirmation before the system performs the task. Upon completion, the system displays the name of the saved configuration file, in the form nodename.zip. Be sure to use the -v parameter with this command in releases prior to 1.1.34 in order to display the file name.
The system stores up to three zipped configuration files. If you want to save more than two configurations, use FTP to transfer the files to another device.
After you execute the saveallcnf command, you may want to use the saved configuration file to restore the configuration on another node, or to put it somewhere safe on a workstation. In order to do this, you can TFTP the file off of the hard disk. See the example below, where 172.29.xx.xx is the IP address.
Example 1-372 TFTP a configuration file off of the hard disk
tftp> get CNF/sj885168_0226011840.zip
Received 366160 bytes in 1.7 seconds
To restore the system configuration, use the restoreallcnf command. To abort a configuration save, use abortallsaves command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
saveallcnf -v
Syntax Description
-v
|
Command delineator that prints the configuration file. Use this delineator when running this command in releases prior to 1.1.34. In prior releases, the filename is not returned as a display on the screen. Using the -v parameter prints out the filename of the saved configuration file.
|
Related Commands
clrallcnf, restoreallcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
sesntimeout
Use the sesntimeout command to define maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a 0.
Full Name
Session Timeout
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
sesntimeout [time_out]
Syntax Description
time_out
|
Number of idle time seconds allowed for the session.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the current timeout
•
Modify the current timeout and display the new configuration
Example 1-373 Display the current timeout
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout
The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s)
Example 1-374 Set the session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds)
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout 720
The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s)
shutdisk
Use the shutdisk command to quiesce the disk.
Note
You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to rebooting the PXM.
Note
You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to removing a PXM from the system.
Full Name
Shut Down the Disk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
shutdisk
Related Commands
syncdisk, formatdisk
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
softswitch
Use the softswitch command to transfer control from the active primary service module to the active secondary (or redundant) service module. The primary service module will reboot and come up in standby mode. Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch.
Full Name
Switch to Redundant from Primary
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
softswitch <PrimarySlotNum> <SecondarySlotNum>
Syntax Description
PrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the primary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
SecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the secondary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
switchback, addred, delred, dspred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
startdsx3bert
Use the startdsx3bert command to start a BERT testing session. You must reset the BERT counters, using the clrbertcntrs command, prior to using the startdsx3bert command.
Full Name
Start DSX3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
startdsx3bert
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-375 Start a bert testing session on the selected service module
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > startdsx3bert
switchapsln
Use the switchapsln command to control APS switching actions. This function applies to OC-3 and
OC-12 lines.
Full Name
Switch APS Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchapsln <line number> <operation>
Syntax Description
line number
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to apply APS.
|
operation
|
Value to set type of APS switch functionality to use on the PXM line.
• 1 = clear
• 2 = forced
• 3 = manual
• 4 = lock-out
• 5 = service
|
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
switchback
Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch. The switchback command transfers control from the active secondary (or redundant) service module back to the active primary service module. The secondary (or redundant) service module will reboot and will come up in standby mode
Full Name
Switch Back to Primary from Redundant
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchback <PrimarySlotNum> <SecondarySlotNum>
Syntax Description
PrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the primary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
SecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the secondary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
softswitch, addred, delred, dspred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
switchcc
Use the switchcc command to transfer control of the MGX 8800 series shelf from the active PXM to the standby PXM. If a standby PXM is not available, the command is not executed.
During a config copy, this command is disabled. If the command is attempted during a config copy, a "Can't execute, BRAM or FLASH is being updated" message is displayed.
Full Name
Switch Core Cards
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchcc
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-3
Example 1-376 Attempt to switchcc without a standby PXM on the shelf
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > switchcc
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Core card redundancy unavailable
syncdisk
Use the syncdisk command to flush out the write buffers to the disk and put the device in standby mode. Use the syncdisk command before you remove the PXM card or reset the shelf.
Full Name
Synchronize Disk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
syncdisk
Related Commands
formatdisk
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
timeout
Use the timeout command to set maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session on the PXM. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a 0.
Full Name
Session Timeout
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
timeout [time_out]
Syntax Description
time_out
|
Number of idle time seconds allowed prior to automatically logging off the current user.
|
Related Commands
sasntimeout
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: SuperUser
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the current timeout.
•
Modify the current timeout and display the new configuration.
Example 1-377 Display the current timeout
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout
The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s)
Example 1-378 Set the session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds)
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout 720
The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s)
tstcon
Use the tstcon command to tests the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8800 series card and a remote end within the WAN switching network by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.
Full Name
Test Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: Service Modules
tstcon <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
A number in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• PXM range = 16-1024
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3, one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax: PXM
tstcon <con_id>
Syntax Description
con_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• vpi range = 1-4095
• vci range = 1-65535
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstconseg, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-4
Syntax: AUSM
tstcon <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• vpi range = 1-4095
• vci range = 1-65535
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstconseg, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-379 Testing a connection on the current AUSM (using the port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 2.1.1
Example 1-380 Testing a connection on the current AUSM (using the channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 21
tstconseg
Use the tstconseg command to test the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8800 series card and service equipment (CPE) by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.
Full Name
Test Connection Segment
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
tstconseg <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
tstconseg <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-381 Testing the connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the port.VPI.VCI argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 2.1.1
Example 1-382 Testing the connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the channel number argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 21
tstdelay
Use the tstdelay command to conduct an external connectivity test by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end to the network and back. The terminal displays a pass or fail message and the round-trip time in milliseconds.
Full Name
Test Round Trip Delay
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: FRSM, CESM
tstdelay <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– HS1/B range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3, one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax: PXM
tstdelay <con_id>
Syntax Description
con_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
• Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation
• vpi range = 1-4095
• vci range = 1-65535
|
Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1
tstdelay < port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstcon
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-383 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network on channel 16
MGX 880061.1.10.AUSM.a > tstdelay 16
TestDelay Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-384 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 2.1.1
Delay Test Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-385 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on channel 21
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 21
Delay Test Passed with 1 ms.
uncnfifastrk
Use the PAR uncnfifastrk command to restore trunk routing operations on a PXM line.
Note
Delete all trunk connections prior to using this command.
Full Name
Unconfigure Interface as Trunk
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
uncnfifastrk <slot.port> <iftype>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number of the line to be designated for trunking.
• Slot = enter the value 7 (typical), or the slot where the PXM is installed.
• Port = 1-n, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
iftype
|
Type of trunk.
• ftrk = feeder trunk
• rtrk = routing trunk (default)
|
Related Commands
cnfifastrk
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-386 Return the line on port 1 in slot 7 to use as a routing trunk
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > uncnfifastrk 7.1 rtrk
An error message occurs if trunks are not deleted prior to invoking the uncnfifastrk command.
upif
Use the upif command to add a logical interface to a broadband port on a PXM. The purpose of configuring logical interfaces for a line is to create a structure for resource partitioning. The network control applications (PAR, Tag, and so on) require resources linked to the logical interfaces.
A PXM can have 1-32 logical interfaces regardless of the number of physical lines. With multiple lines serving as uplinks, you can divide the 32 logical interfaces between the active lines according to need, yet each line would still have the full range of VPIs and VCIs. In summary, the number of logical interfaces per line can vary, but the maximum number of VPIs and VCIs is fixed (with the actual range subject to your configuration). To change the configuration of an existing logical interface on the PXM, use the cnfif command.
Note
On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.
Full Name
Up Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
upif <if_num> <line_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
line_num
|
PXM line number, in the range 1-4, 1 port on the OC-12 card, 4 ports on the OC-3 card, and 2 ports on the T3/E3 card.
|
pct_bw
|
Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated to the logical interface, in the range 0-100. The value applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.
• UNI = 0-255
• NNI = 0-4095
The UNI range typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.
• UNI = 0-255
• NNI = 0-4095
Typically, the UNI range applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1-4
Example 1-387 The first "1" is the logical interface number; the second "1" is the line number on the PXM back card to which you are assigning this logical interface number; "100" is the percentage of bandwidth available to this logical interface in both directions; and the VPI range is 1-2000
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > upif 1 1 100 1 2000
upport
Use the upport command to activate a specified AUSM port.
Full Name
Up port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
upport <PortNum>
Syntax Description
PortNum
|
Port Number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dnport
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
users
Use the users command to view details associated with currently active users on the PXM. The screen display shows the means through which each user logged into the switch, the slot number of the current card, and the login name of the users.
Full Name
Display the names of all users currently logged in to the switch
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
users
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-388 Display the users logged into the switch
Port Slot Idle UserId From
-------------------------------------------------------------
telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240
telnet.02 3 0:07:03 cisco 171.71.25.240
version
Use the version command to view different types of version-related information, such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, the date of the software build, and so on (refer to screen examples).
Full Name
Display Versions
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
version
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display version information on the current PXM card.
•
Display version information on the current FRSM card.
•
Display version information on the current VISM card.
•
Display version information on the current AUSM card.
Example 1-389 Display version information on the current PXM card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > version
VxWorks (for MGX 8850) version 5.3.1.
Kernel: WIND version 2.5.
Made on Feb 13 1999, 07:40:57.
lnPci(0,0) e=172.29.37.40 g=172.29.37.1
PXM firmware version : 1.0.00cp1
Boot Image Version : 1.0.00av
Example 1-390 Display version information on the current FRSM card
MGX 88003.1.11.FRSM.a > version
***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8800 FRSM Card *****
Firmware Version = eqa2.0.1g
Backup Boot version = model-B BT_2.0.0
PXMFRSM Xilinx file = frsm025.h
VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000.
Kernel: WIND version 2.4.
Made on Wed Jan 13 19:45:10 PST 1999.
Example 1-391 Display version information on the current VISM card
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > version
***** Cisco Systems. AXIS VISM Card *****
Firmware Version = rangar
Backup Boot version = 3.2.02
Xilinx Firmware version = 10/ 2/1998
DSPCOM FPGA version = 1/20/1999
DSPM ecan Firmware Details:
VxWorks (for R5k PDC) version 5.3.1.
Kernel: WIND version 2.5.
Made on Mar 9 1999, 14:19:21.
Example 1-392 Display version information on the current AUSM card
MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a > version
***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8800 AUSM Card *****
Firmware Version = model-A 2.0.00
Backup Boot version = model-A BT_eqa2.0.1
AUSM Xilinx file = ausmfract.h
VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000.
Kernel: WIND version 2.4.
Made on Thu Jan 21 17:57:59 GMT 1999.
who
Use the who command to view details associated with user IDs currently active on the PXM.
Full Name
Who
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
who
Related Commands
adduser, deluser, whoami
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-393 Display the users logged into the current card
Port Slot Idle UserId From
-------------------------------------------------------------
telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240
whoami
Use the whoami command to view the current login ID, access level, and associated terminal port.
Full Name
Who Am I
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
whoami
Related Commands
adduser, deluser, who
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-394 Display information about the user of the current terminal session
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > whoami
xaddcon
Use the xaddcon command to adds a connection to the current AUSM. No messages appear on screen after command entry unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Full Name
Add Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xaddcon <channel number> <connection type> <port number> <vpi> <vci> <service type>
<egress queue number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
connection type
|
Value to set connection type as either VPP or VCC.
• 1 = VPP
• 2 = VCC
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier, in the range 0-255.
|
vci
|
Virtual channel identifier, in the range 0-65535.
|
service type
|
Value to set service type as either, CBR, VBR, or ABR.
• 1 = CBR
• 2 = VBR
• 3 = ABR
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-12. Zero (0) is for the default in addcon.
|
Related Commands
delcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
Example 1-395 Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1
MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a > xaddcon 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
xclrchancnt
Use the xclrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for a specified Frame Relay channel on a specified card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Full Name
Clear Channel Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
xclrchancnt -cnt <chanNum> -cc <clrButton>
Syntax Description
-cnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PXM channel number entry.
|
chanNum
|
PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
-cc
|
Command delineator that precedes the cntClrButton entry.
|
clrButton
|
Value to set the underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.
• 1 = no action
• 2 = clear counts
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM
xclrchancnt -chn <channel number>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the channel number entry.
|
channel number
|
Channel number in the range appropriate for the current card interface.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnts, dspchancnt
Attribute
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
xclrportcnt
Use the xclrportcnt command to clear port counter values from the current AUSM or FRSM.
No message appears upon successful execution of the command.
Full Name
Clear Port Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
xclrportcnt -pt <port number>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
• AUSM range = 1-8
• FRSM range as appropriate for the interface.
– T1 range = 1-92
– E1 range = 1-248
|
Related Commands
clrportcnts, xdspportcnt, xdspportcnt, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-5
xcnfalm
Use the xcnfalm command to configures extended alarm counters and statistics for the specified line.
Full Name
Configure Extended Alarm Counters and Statistics
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity> -rai <RAISeverity> -neu <NEAlarmUpcount> -ned <NEAlarmDncount> -net <NEAlarmThreshold> -feu <FEAlarmUpcount> -fed <FEAlarmDncount> -fet <FEAlarmThreshold>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the current card.
|
-red
|
Command delineator that precedes the RedSeverity entry.
|
RedSeverity
|
Value that defines RedSeverity as either major or minor.
• 1 = minor
• 2 = major
|
-rai
|
Command delineator that precedes the RAISeverity entry.
|
RAISeverity
|
Value that defines RAISeverity as either major or minor.
• 1 = minor
• 2 = major
|
-neu
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmUpcount entry.
|
NEAlarmUpcount
|
NEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-ned
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmDncount entry.
|
NEAlarmDncount
|
NEAlarmDncount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-net
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmThreshold entry.
|
NEAlarmThreshold
|
NEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
-feu
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmUpcount entry.
|
FEAlarmUpcount
|
FEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-fed
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmDncount entry.
|
FEAlarmDncount
|
FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
-fet
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmThreshold entry.
|
FEAlarmThreshold
|
FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
Related Commands
xcnfalmcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-396 To configure the ds1 line 1 alarms so that RED and RAI are both minor alarms, and the up and down counts and threshold for both FE and NE are all set to 100
MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a > xcnfalm -ds1 1 -red 1 -rai 1 -neu 100 -ned 100 -net 100 -feu
100 -fed 100 -fet 100
xcnfalmcnt
Use the xcnfalmcnt command to configure the extended alarm counters for the specified line.
Full Name
Configure Alarm Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> -sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity> -lcv15 <lCV15minThreshold> -lcv24 <lCV24hrThreshold> -les15 <lES15minThreshold> -les24 <lES24hrThreshold> -lses15 <lSES15minThreshold> -lses24 <lSES24hrThreshold> -crc15 <cRC15MinThreshold> -crc24 <cRC24HrThreshold> -crces15 <cRCES15MinThreshold> -crces24 <cRCES24HrThreshold> -crcses15 <cRCSES15MinThreshold> -crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold> -sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold> -sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold> -aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold> -aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold> -uas15 <uAS15minThreshold> -uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
|
-sev
|
Command delineator that precedes the StatisticalAlarmSeverity entry.
|
StatisticalAlarmSeverity
|
|
-lcv15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1CV15minThreshold entry.
|
1CV15minThreshold
|
|
-lcv24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1VC24hrThreshold entry.
|
1VC24hrThreshold
|
|
-les15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1ES15minThreshold entry.
|
1ES15minThreshold
|
|
-les24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1ES24hrThreshold entry.
|
1ES24hrThreshold
|
|
-lses15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1SES15minThreshold entry.
|
1SES15minThreshold
|
|
-lses24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1SES24hrThreshold entry.
|
1SES24hrThreshold
|
|
-crc15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRC15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRC15MinThreshold
|
|
-crc24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRC24HrThreshold entry.
|
cRC24HrThreshold
|
|
-crces15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCES15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRCES15MinThreshold
|
|
-crces24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCES24HrThreshold entry.
|
cRCES24HrThreshold
|
|
-crcses15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRCSES15MinThreshold
|
|
-crcses24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES24hrThreshold entry.
|
cRCSES24hrThreshold
|
|
-sefs15
|
Command delineator that precedes the sEFS15minThreshold entry.
|
sEFS15minThreshold
|
|
-sefs24
|
Command delineator that precedes the sEFS24hrThreshold entry.
|
sEFS24hrThreshold
|
|
-aiss15
|
Command delineator that precedes the aISS15minThreshold entry.
|
aISS15minThreshold
|
|
-aiss24
|
Command delineator that precedes the aISS24hrThreshold entry.
|
aISS24hrThreshold
|
|
-uas15
|
Command delineator that precedes the uAS15minThreshold entry.
|
uAS15minThreshold
|
|
-uas24
|
Command delineator that precedes the uAS24hrThreshold entry.
|
uAS24hrThreshold
|
|
Related Commands
cnfalm, dspalmcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 3
xcnfbert
Use the xcnfbert command to set up a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) and to add or remove loops on the ports and lines of a specified SM.
A BERT test session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to conclude the test.
Note
BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test will stop the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT testing requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.
Full Name
Configure Bit Error Rate Test
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfbert -bcntl <bertControl> -bsl <bertSlotNum> -bmed <bertTestMedium> -bpt <bertPort> -bline <bertLine> -bmode <bertMode> -bdtl <bertDeviceToLoop> -bcnt <bertDS0DPIterationCount> -bpat <bertPattern> -blpbk <bertLoopback> -blpbkop <bertLoopbackOperation> -buid <bertUserId>
Syntax Description
-bcntl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertControl entry.
|
bertControl
|
Value to set BERT control.
• 1 = acquire
• 2 = release
• 3 = configure
• 4 = start
• 5 = modify
• 6 = delete
|
-bsl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertSlotNum entry.
|
bertSlotNum
|
BERT slot number, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
-bmed
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertTestMedium entry.
|
bertTestMedium
|
Value to set either the port or the line as the test medium.
• 1 = port
• 2 = line
|
-bpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertPort entry.
|
bertPort
|
BERT port number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).
|
-bline
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLine entry.
|
bertLine
|
BERT line number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).
|
-bmode
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertMode entry.
|
bertMode
|
Value to set BERT function as a patter test, DDS seek, or loopback.
• 1 = pattern test
• 2 = DDS seek
• 3 = loopback
|
-bdtl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertDeviceToLoop entry.
|
bertDeviceToLoop
|
Value that defines the type of BERT device to loop.
• 1 = noLatchOCUwith1
• 2 = noLatchOCUwithout1
• 3 = noLatchCSU
• 4 = noLatchDSU
• 5 = latchDS0Drop
• 6 = latchDS0Line
• 7 = latchOCU
• 8 = latchCSU
• 9 = latchDSU
• 10 = latchHL96
• 11 = v54Polynomial
• 12 = inband
• 13 = esf
• 14 = metallic
• 15 = noDevice
|
-bcnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertDS0DPIterationCount entry.
|
bertDS0DPIterationCount
|
BERT DS0 DP iteration count, in the range 1-32.
|
-bpat
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertPattern entry.
|
bertPattern
|
Value to set the type of BERT test pattern to use.
• 1 = allZeros
• 2 = allOnes
• 3 = alternateOneZero
• 4 = doubleOneZero
• 5 = fifteenBit
• 6 = twentyBit
• 7 = twentyBitQRSS
• 8 = twentyThreeBit
• 9 = oneInEight
• 10 = threeInTwentyFour
• 11 = dds-1
• 12 = dds-2
• 13 = dds-3
• 14 = dds-4
• 15 = dds-5
• 16 = nineBit
• 17 = elevenBit
|
-blpbk
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopback entry.
|
bertLoopback
|
Value that defines type of BERT loopback to use.
• 1 = farEndRemoteLoopback
• 2 = portRemoteFacilityLoopback
• 3 = metallicLoopback
|
-blpbkop
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopbackOperation entry.
|
bertLoopbackOperation
|
Value that defines the BERT loopback as either loop up or loop down.
• 1 = loopUp
• 2 = loopDown
|
-buid
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertUserId entry.
|
bertUserId
|
BERT user identifier.
• User name =
• IP address = 32 bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
delbert
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SUPER_GP
xcnfdsx3bert
Use the xcnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for BERT testing on the FRSM.
Full Name
Configure DS3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3
Syntax
xcnfdsx3bert -dsx3bct <state> -dsx3btm <medium> -dsx3bln <line num> -dsx3bmo <mode> -ds3bei <EIR> -ds3bpt <test pattern>
Syntax Description
-dsx3bct
|
Command delineator that precedes the state entry.
|
state
|
Value to define type of DSX3 BERT control.
• 1 = acquire BERT
• 2 = Release BERT
• 3 = Configure BERT
• 4 = Start BERT
• 5 = Modify BERT
• 6 = Delete BERT
|
-dsx3btm
|
Command delineator that precedes the medium entry.
|
medium
|
Value to define DSX3 BERT Testing medium.
• 1 = Port
• 2 = Line
|
-dsx3bln
|
Command delineator that precedes the line num entry.
|
line num
|
Line number, in the range 1-2.
|
-dsx3bmo
|
Command delineator that precedes the mode entry.
|
mode
|
Value to define BERT mode as pattern or loopback.
• 1 = pattern
• 2 = loopback
|
-ds3bei
|
Command delineator that precedes the EIR entry.
|
EIR
|
Value to define the DSX3 Excess Information Rate.
• 1 = no error
• 2 = 1 in 10
• 3 = 1 in 100
• 4 = 1 in 1000
• 5 = 1 in 10^^4
• 6 = 1 in 10^^5
• 7 = 1 in 10 ^^6
• 8 = 1 in 10 ^^7
|
-ds3bpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the test pattern entry.
|
test pattern
|
DSX3 BERT pattern, in the range 1-33.
|
Related Commands
xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
xcnfif
Use the xcnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You may need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for a interface. Refer to the upif command description for more information on resource partitioning.
Full Name
Configure a Broadband Interface
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfif -if <bbIfNum> -bl <lineNum> -ie <rowStatus> -ib <ingrPctBw> -eb <egrPctBw> -iv
<minVpi> -av <maxVpi>
Syntax Description
-if
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.
|
bbIfNum
|
Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
-bl
|
Command delineator that precedes the lineNum entry.
|
lineNum
|
Number of the line to tie the logical interface to, in the range 1-4.
|
-ie
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
• 3 = modify
|
-ib
|
Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.
|
ingrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-eb
|
Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.
|
egrPctBw
|
Percentage of line egress queue bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100.
|
-iv
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.
|
minVpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier value, in the range 0-4095.
|
-av
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.
|
maxVpi
|
Maximum virtual path identifier value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: No: Yes State: Any Privilege: CISCO_GP
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Configure and enable a specific broadband interface to use a specified percentage of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress traffic, and set VPI for minimum 0 and maximum 19.
•
Verify the broadband configuration on the PXM.
Example 1-397 Configure and enable broadband interface number 1 on line 4 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfif -if 1 -bl 4 -ie 1 -ib 10 -eb 10 -iv 0 -av 19
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-398 Verify broadband configuration on the PXM
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
xcnfifip
Use the xcnfifip command to set the IP address for the LAN, Slip, and ATM interfaces.
Full Name
Configure Interface for IP
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax:
xcnfifip -ifn <Interface> -ipa <ip_addr> -msk <NetMask> -bc <Brocast addr> -ipo <Oper>
Syntax Description
-ifn
|
Command delineator that precedes the Interface entry.
|
Interface
|
Value that defines interface type.
• 26 = Ethernet
• 28 = SLIP
• 37 = ATM
|
-ipa
|
Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.
|
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
-msk
|
Command delineator that precedes the NetMask entry.
|
NetMask
|
NetMask = nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, n = 0-9, nnn < 256
|
-bc
|
Command delineator that precedes the Brocast Addr entry.
|
Brocast Addr
|
Broadcast Address = nnnnnnnn, n is hexadecimal, Ethernet only.
|
-ipo
|
Command delineator that precedes the Oper entry.
|
Oper
|
Value to enable or disable IP Address.
• 1 = Add
• 2 = Delete
|
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: SUPER_GP
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Configure and enable an Ethernet interface to use a specified IP address, netmask, and broadband address.
•
Verify the configuration.
Example 1-399 Configure and enable the Ethernet interface to use the IP address 172.29.37.40, the netmask 255.255.255.000, and the broadcast address 255.255.255.000
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfifip -if 26 -ipa 172.29.37.40 -msk 255.255.255.000 -bc
255.255.255.000 -ipo 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-400 Verify the IP Address configuration
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip
Interface IPAddress NetMask BroadcastAddress
------------ ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Ethernet 172.29.37.40 255.255.255.000 255.255.255.000
Slip 192.169.3.18 255.255.255.000
xcnfilmi
Use the xcnfilmi command to configure local management interface for a port. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.
Full Name
Configure ILMI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xcnfilmi -pti <port_num> -s <signal_type> -vpi <virtual_path_identifier> -vci <virtual_channel_identifier> -t <trap_enable> -mti <min_trap_int> -kap <keep_alive> -eth <ErrorThreshold> -evh <EventThreshold> -pi <PollingInterval> -mei <MinimumEnquiryInterval> -ar <AddrRegEnable>
Syntax Description
-pti
|
Command delineator that precedes the port_num entry.
|
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-s
|
Command delineator that precedes the signal_type entry.
|
signal_type
|
Value that defines signaling type.
• 1 = other
• 2 = no signaling
• 3 = ILMI
|
-vpi
|
Command delineator that precedes the virtual_path_id entry.
|
virtual_path_id
|
Virtual path identifier, in the range 1-255.
|
-vci
|
Command delineator that precedes the virtual_channel_id entry.
|
virtual_channel_id
|
Virtual channel identifier, in the range 1-65535.
|
-t
|
Command delineator that precedes the trap_enable entry.
|
trap_enable
|
Value that enables or disable ILMI traps.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-mti
|
Command delineator that precedes the min_trap_int entry.
|
min_trap_int
|
Minimum trap interval value, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-kap
|
Command delineator that precedes the keep_alive entry.
|
keep_alive
|
Value that enables or disables Keep Alive Polling.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-eth
|
Command delineator that precedes the ErrorThreshold entry.
|
ErrorThreshold
|
Error Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-evh
|
Command delineator that precedes the EventThreshold entry.
|
EventThreshold
|
Event Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-pi
|
Command delineator that precedes the PollingInterval entry.
|
PollingInterval
|
Polling interval, in the range 5-60 seconds.
|
-mei
|
Command delineator that precedes the MinimumEnquiryInterval entry.
|
MinimumEnquiryInterval
|
Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20 seconds.
|
-ar
|
Command delineator that precedes the AddrRegEnable entry.
|
AddrRegEnable
|
Value that enables or disables Address Registration.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
Related Commands
xdspilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
xcnfln
Use the xcnfln command to configure a line on the current card to be either T1 or E1. If the command line does not include the E1 signalling parameter, the line is a T1.
For an FRSM-HS1 card, the xcnfln command is used to configure either an X.21 or a V.35 line.
Full Name
Configure Line
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signaling]
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
line_code
|
Value to set Line coding.
• 2 = B8ZS
• 3 = HDB3
• 4 = AMI
|
line_len
|
Value to set Line length for either T1 or E1.
• T1 range = 1-7
• E1 range = 8-9
|
clk_src
|
Value to set clock source for either loop clock or local clock.
• 1 = loop clock
• 2 = local clock
|
E1-signalling
|
• N CRC: type CAS = CAS
• CAS with CRC: type CAS_CRC
• CCS = CCS no CRC
• CCS_CRC = CCS with CRC
• CLEAR = Clear E1
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
xcnfln xcnfln -hs1 <LineNum> -e <Enable> -lt <LineType> -sp <LineRate> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-sc <SendCode> -detect <LoopbackCodeDetection> -clktype <InvertClock>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-4.
|
Enable
|
Line coding value from 1 to 3.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
• 3 = mod
|
lineType
|
LineType, in the range 1 to 3.
• 1 = DTE
• 2 = DCE
• 3 = DTE_ST (in V.35 only)
|
LineRate
|
The rate in bits/sec.
|
LoopCmd
|
A value, either 1, 4 or 5.
1 = no loop (X.21, V.35)
4 = remote (X.21)
5 = metallic (X.21, V.35)
|
SendCode
|
A value, either 1, 4, 5 or 6.
• 1 = no code
• 4 = local loop
• 5 = remote loop
• 6 = unloop
|
LoopbackCodeDetection
|
A value, either 1 or 2.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
InvertClock
|
A value, either 1 or 2.
• 1 = normal
• 2 = inverted
|
Related Commands
cnfln, addln, delln
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-401 Configure line 4 to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 1, and use the loop clock as a clock source
MGX 88003.1.11.FRSM.a > xcnfln 4 2 1 1
Example 1-402 Configure line 1 for remote loopback and send codes for remote loop on the current FRSM card
man.1.4.FRSM.a > xcnfln -hs1 1 -e 3 -lpb 4 -sc 5
xcnfport
Use the xcnfport command to configure a service port on an FRSM or an AUSM.
The screen does not display a message after successful command entry. The configuration can be verified using the xdspport or dspport command.
The syntax for this command differs according to the service module being addressed.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Full Name
Configure Port
Syntax: FRSM
xcnfport <port_num> <PortLineNum> <PortEnable> <lmi_sig> <asyn> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
• FRSM T1: 1-192
• FRSM E1: 1-248
|
PortLineNum
|
Line number in the range 1-8.
|
lmi_sig
|
Value that defines type of LMI signaling to be used on the card.
• 1 = Other
• 2 = None
• 3 = StrataLMI
• 4 = AnnexAUNI
• 5 = AnnexDUNI
• 6 = AnnexANNI
• 7 = AnnexDNNI
|
asyn
|
Asyn update is (y)es or (n)o
|
T391
|
T391 timer value, in the range 5-30 sec.
|
T392
|
T392 timer value, in the range 5-30 sec.
|
N391
|
N391 counter value, in the range 1-255.
|
N392
|
N392 counter value, in the range 1-10.
|
N393
|
N393 counter value, in the range 1-10.
|
CLLMEN
|
Value to enable or disable Consolidated Link Management.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
CLLMTM
|
Consolidated Link Management Timer value, in the range 40-5000 ms.
|
Possible errors are
•
illegal/invalid parameters
•
port doesn't exist, use addport command to add port first
•
LMI NNI not enabled
Related Commands
xcnfport, addport, delport, dspport, dspports, xdspport, xdspports
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-6
Syntax: AUSM
xcnfport <port_num> <plpp loopback>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
plpp loopback
|
Value to set type of Physical Layer Protocol Processor loopback.
• 1 = no loopback
• 2 = remote loopback
• 3 = local loopback
|
Related Commands
cnfport, addport, delport, dspport, dspports, xdspport, xdspports
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
System Response
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
xcnfportq
Use the xcnfportq command to configure queue parameters on a port associated with the current AUSM.
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Full Name
Configure Port Queue
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xcnfportq -pt <ServicePortNum> -pqn <PortQNumber> -e <Enable> -sn <SequenceNo> -qdm
<QueueDepthMax> -clph <EgressQCLPThreshHigh> -clpl <EgressQCLPThresLow> -clpt
<EgressQEFCIThresh> -qa <EgressQAlgorith> -mxbi <EgressMaxBandwidthInc> -mibi
<MinimumBandwidthInc>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the ServicePortNum entry.
|
ServicePortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-pqn
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortQNumber entry.
|
PortQNumber
|
Queue number, in the range 1-16.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the Enable entry.
|
Enable
|
Value to enable or disable the queue.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
|
-sn
|
Command delineator that precedes the SequenceNo entry.
|
SequenceNo
|
Service sequence number, in the range 1-16.
|
-qdm
|
Command delineator that precedes the QueueDepthMax entry.
|
QueueDepthMax
|
Size of the queue. Set number of cells allowable in the queue, in the range 1-16000.
|
-clph
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresHigh entry.
|
EgressQCLPThresHigh
|
Cell Loss Priority high-threshold value for traffic exiting the physical interface of the AUSM, in the range 1-16000.
|
-clpl
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresLow entry.
|
EgressQCLPThresLow
|
Cell Loss Priority low-threshold value, in the range 1-16000.
Once the low Cell Loss Priority threshold is passed, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them eligible for discard.
|
-clpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQEFCIThresh entry.
|
EgressQEFCIThresh
|
Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator threshold value, in the range 1-16000.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
-qa
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQAlgorith entry.
|
EgressQAlgorith
|
Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5. To disable the queue, set value at 0 (zero).
|
-mxbi
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressMaxBandwidthInc entry.
|
EgressMaxBandwidthInc
|
Egress Maximum Bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
-mibi
|
Command delineator that precedes the MinimumBandwidthInc entry.
|
MinimumBandwidthInc
|
Minimum Bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.
|
Related Commands
cnfportq, xcnfportqs
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-403
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xcnfportq -pt 1
xcnfred
Use the xcnfred command to set redundancy between two PXM slots, and to set the primary and secondary PXMs in the pair. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:n. If the redundancy is 1:n, repeat the xcnfred command for each secondary slot to be linked to the primary slot.
Full Name
Configure Redundancy
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfred -pri <redPrimarySlotNum> -en <rowStatus> -sec <redSecondarySlotNum> -type <redType>
Syntax Description
-pri
|
Command delineator that precedes the redPrimarySlotNum entry.
|
redPrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair. Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
• 3 = modify
|
-sec
|
Command delineator that precedes the redSecondarySlotNum entry.
|
redSecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair. Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.
|
-type
|
Command delineator that precedes the redType entry.
|
redType
|
Value that defines type of redundancy to be used.
• 1 = 1:1
• 2 = 1:n
|
Related Commands
dspred, delred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-404 Add 1:1 redundancy between the card in slot 4 and the card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfred -pri 1 -en 1 -ser 4 -type 1
xcnfrscprtn
Use the xcnfrscprtn command to partition PXM resources (bandwidth) as broadband interfaces.
Full Name
Configure Resource Partition Extended Parameters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfrscprtn -pn <bbIfNum> -cn <ctrlrNum> -pr <rowStatus> -ps <inUse> -pi <ingrPctBw> -pe
<egrPctBw> -pv <minVpi> -pu <maxVpi> -pc <minVci> -pd <maxVci> -pch <maxGLCNs>
Syntax Description
-pn
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.
|
bbIfNum
|
Broadband interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
-cn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ctrlrNum entry.
|
ctrlrNum
|
Value that represents the type of controller to be used on the interface.
• 1 = PAR
• 2 = PNNI
• 3 = TAG
|
-pr
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
• 3 = modify
|
-ps
|
Command delineator that precedes the inUse entry.
|
inUse
|
Value to set operational status of the interface.
• 1 = In Use
• 2 = Not In Use
|
-pi
|
Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.
|
ingrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-pe
|
Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.
|
egrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to egress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-pv
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.
|
minVpi
|
Minimum Virtual Path Indicator value, in the range 0-4095.
|
-pu
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.
|
maxVpi
|
Maximum Virtual Path Indicator value. Enter a value that is greater than that defined for bbIfRscPrtVpiLow and less than 4095.
|
-pc
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVci entry.
|
minVci
|
Minimum Virtual Channel Indicator value, in the range 0-65535.
|
-pn
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVci entry.
|
maxVci
|
Maximum Virtual Channel Indicator, in the range 0-65535.
|
-pch
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxGLCNs entry.
|
maxGLCNs
|
Maximum Global Logical Connection Number value, in the range 0-32767.
|
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Cisco
Example 1-405 Configure and enable a resource partition
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfrscprtn -pn 1 -cn 1 -pr 1 -ps 1 -pi 100 -pe 100 -pi 0 -pu 4095
-pc 0 -pd 65535 - pth 32767
xcnfsrmlink
Use the xcnfsrmlink command to configure and to enable a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.
Full Name
Configure Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 <T3 line number> -srmt1 <T1 line number> -en <rowStatus> -srms1 <Target Slot number> -srmln <Slot line number>
Syntax Description
-srmt3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 line number entry.
|
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.line.
• slot = enter value either 15 or 31
Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active). Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
• line range = 1-3
|
-srmt1
|
Command delineator that precedes the T1 line number entry.
|
T1 line number
|
T1 line number, in the range 1-28.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.
• 1 = enable
• 2 = disable
• 3 = modify
|
-srms1
|
Command delineator that precedes the Target Slot number entry.
|
Target Slot number
|
Number of the T1 service module slot to be linked.
Target Slot number ranges = 1-6|9-14|17-22|25-30
|
-srmln
|
Command delineator that precedes the Slot line number entry.
|
Slot line number
|
T1 line number in the slot to be linked (range 1-4 or 1-8) as appropriate for the installed service module.
|
Related Commands
addlink, dsplink, dellink, xdspsrmlink
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-406 Configure and enable a link between the T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 15.2 -srmt1 1 -en 1 -srmsl 3 -srmln 5
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >
xcnftrapmgr
Use the xcnftrapmgr command to configure, enable, and to disable the trap manager function on the PXM. If you enable the trap manager, this command allows you configure the number and IP address of the trap manager you intend to receive traps.
Full Name
Configure Trap Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnftrapmgr -ip <ip_addr> -pt <portnum> -en <enabled> -tf <TrapFlag> -seq <SeqNum>
Syntax Description
-ip
|
Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.
|
ip_addr
|
IP address of the trap manager in dotted decimal format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.
|
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the portnum entry.
|
portnum
|
Port number, in the range 1-n, as appropriate for the card.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the enabled entry.
|
enabled
|
Value that enables or disables the flag action on the row.
• 1 = add row
• 2 = delete row
|
-tf
|
Command delineator that precedes the TrapFlag entry.
|
TrapFlag
|
Trap flag entry.
|
-seq
|
Command delineator that precedes the SeqNum entry.
|
SeqNum
|
Sequence number entry.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-407
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > xcnftrapmgr -ip 192.169.3.102 -pt 3 -tf 1 -seq 100 -en 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
xdelcon
Use the xdelcon command to remove a connection on an AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Full Name
Delete a Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdelcon <connection number>
Syntax Description
connection number
|
Connection number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
delcon, xdspcon, dspcon, xdspcons, dspcons, xaddcon, addcon
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1-2
xdnport
Use the xdnport command to deactivate a port. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Full Name
Down Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdnport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.
|
PortEnable
|
Value that enables or disables the port.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-ptyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.
|
PortType
|
Value that represents either NNI or UNI port type.
• 1 = NNI
• 2 = UNI
|
-ln
|
Command delineator that precedes the PhysLineNum entry.
|
PhysLineNum
|
Physical line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
xupport
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1
xdspchan
Use the xdspchan command to view a channel on the current service card.
Full Name
Display Channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchan -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Related Commands
xdspchans, dspchans, xcnfchan, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20.
•
Display the channel characteristics of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 22.
Example 1-408 Display the channel characteristics of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchan 22
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ForeSightEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ForeSightEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014001400
ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-409 Display the channel characteristics of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 22
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchan 33
ChanCBRService: structured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 124 bytes
ChanCDVT: 1000 micro seconds
C L I P: 2500 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000200
ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanCBRService: unstructured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 7680 bytes
ChanCDVT: 20000 micro seconds
C L I P: 30000 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000a00
ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
xdspchancnt
Use the xdspchancnt command to view the counter contents of all channels (or the specified channel with the optional -chn parameter).
Full Name
Display Channel Count
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchancnt -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM
– 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
– T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
– 2CT3 range = 16-4015
• PXM range = 16-4111
• AUSM range = 16-1015
• CESM
– 8T1/E1 range = 32-279
– T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Related Commands
dspchancnt, xdspchstats, dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display the channel counters of all the channels on the FRSM card in slot 20.
•
Display the channel counters of channel 17 on the PXM card in slot 7.
•
Display the channel counters of all the channels on the CESM card in slot 21.
•
Display the channel counters of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 21.
•
Display the channel counters of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20.
Example 1-410 Display the channel counters of all the channels on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Off
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
Total Frames: 64187 57994
Total Bytes: 3410008 3317254
Bytes Discarded: 118 410582
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=0 Off
ATMState: Sending AIS OAM state Receiving AIS OAM
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
Example 1-411 Display the channel counters of channel 17 on the PXM card in slot 7
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchancnt -cnt 17
Channel Ingress State : alarm
Channel Egress State : other
GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0
GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0
CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0
CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0
Example 1-412 Display the channel counters of all the channels on the CESM card in slot 21
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 1234508943
Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808376
Signalling Status Offhook
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 317857344
Channel Uptime (secs.) 77406
Signalling Status Offhook
Example 1-413 Display the channel counters of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 21
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 33
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 1234551200
Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808438
Signalling Status Offhook
Example 1-414 Display the channel counters of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Off
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
Total Frames: 64187 58001
Total Bytes: 3410008 3317660
Bytes Discarded: 118 410582
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079
xdspchans
Use the xdspchans command to view the current channels on the card.
Full Name
Display Channels
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchans
Related Commands
xdspchan, dspchan, addchan, delchan
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the channels on the current PXM.
•
Display the channels on the current FRSM.
•
Display the channels on the current CESM.
Example 1-415 Display the channels on the current PXM
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchans
Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 ADD 2 39 45 VCC VBR 353208 Slv 0 0 alarm
Example 1-416 Display the channels on the current FRSM
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchans
DLCI Chan EQ I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type Alarm
------------- ---- -- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- -----
20.1.1.1000 22 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis SIW-X No
20.8.20.300 42 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
Example 1-417 Display the channels on the current CESM
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchans
Channel ChanNum Status CDVT MaxBufSize CLIP CBRservice
------------ ------- ------ ----- ---------- ------ ------------
21.1.2.33 33 Add 1000 124 2500 structured
21.3.10.41 41 Mod 20000 7680 30000 unstructured
xdspcon
Use the xdspcon command to view AUSM configuration data.
Full Name
Display Connection
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspcon -chn <channel number>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the channel number entry.
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcon, xaddcon, addcon, xdelcon, delcon, xdspcons, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-418 Display the connection parameters for channel 16
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspcon -chn 16
IngressQDepth(cells): 1000
IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis
IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000
IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900
IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800
IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000
PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs)
PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0]: 10000 (micro secs)
SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 50
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000
InitialBurstSize(cells): 0
ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 50
MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 0
InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 1
LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable
ChanTestState: Not In Progress
Ingress percentage util: 100
Egress percentage util : 100
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
LocalNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RemoteNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanNumNextAvailable : 16
Local VpId NextAvailable : 4
xdspcons
Use the xdspcons command to view details of all connections between the current AUSM and the card to which the current shelf is attached.
Full Name
Display Connections
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspcons
Related Commands
dspcons, xaddcon, addcon, xdelcon, delcon, xdspcon
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-419 Display parameters for the connections on the current AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspcons
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State
30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active
33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm
xdspdsx3bert
Use the xdspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current BERT testing session.
Full Name
Display DSX3 BERT
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any
Example 1-420 Display the results of the current BERT testing session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > xdspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Start dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) 14:14:44
Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999
Bit countlower: 1553476045
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
xdspilmi
Use the xdspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.
Full Name
Display ILMI
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
xdspilmi -ifNum <sigPortNum>
Syntax Description
-ifNum
|
Command delineator that precedes the sigPortNum entry.
|
sigPortNum
|
Number of the broadband interface port.
|
Syntax: AUSM
xdspilmi -pt <PortNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Number of the broadband interface port.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, xcnfilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM.
•
Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM.
Example 1-421 Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
porky.1.7.PXM.a > xdspilmi -ifNum 1
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
Example 1-422 Display the ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
porky.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspilmi -pt 1
Signalling: No signalling
ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1
KeepAlivePolling: Disabled
PollingInterval (secs): 30
MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs) 10
xdspln
Use the xdspln command to view configuration for a specified line.
Full Name
Display Line Configuration
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspln -ds1 <line number>
or
xdspln -rs232 <line number>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes T1 line number entry.
|
-rs232
|
Command delineator that precedes RS232 line number entry.
|
line number
|
Line number of the DS1 or RS232 interface.
• -ds1 range = 1-8 (on 8-port service modules)
• -rs232 range = 1-2
|
Related Commands
addln, xcnfln, cnfln, delln
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display line 2 on the current AUSM card.
•
Display line 8 on the current CESM card.
•
Display line 1 on the current FRSM card.
•
Display the RS232 line 1 on the current CESM card.
Example 1-423 Display line 2 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspln -ds1 2
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-424 Display line 8 on the current CESM card
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdspln -ds1 8
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-425 Display line 1 on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdspln -ds1 1
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-426 Display the RS232 line 1 on the current CESM card
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspln -rs232 1
Port Type Enable Baudrate
---- ---------------------- -------- --------
21.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200
SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1
xdsplns
Use the xdsplns command to view the configuration parameters for all lines on the current card.
Full Name
Display Lines
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdsplns
Related Commands
dsplns, addln, xaddln, cnfln, xcnfln, xdelln, delln
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display DS1 lines on the current FRSM card.
•
Display RS-232 lines on the current FRSM card.
•
Display lines on the current PXM with a T3 trunk back card.
•
Display lines on the current PXM with a SONET 155 back card.
•
Display E1 lines on the current CESM card.
Example 1-427 Display DS1 lines on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -ds1
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
1.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
Example 1-428 Display RS-232 lines on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -rs232
Port Type Enable Baudrate
---- ---------------------- -------- --------
1.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200
SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1
Example 1-429 Display lines on the current PXM with a T3 trunk back card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns
Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- -------------
2.1 dsx3CbitParity dsx3B3ZS LessThan450ft 3 out of 8 Check C-bits
Example 1-430 Display lines on the current PXM with a SONET 155 back card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sonet Line Line HSC Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line
Line Type Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------------
Example 1-431 Display E1 lines on the current CESM
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdsplns -ds1
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
17.1 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No
17.2 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.3 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.4 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.5 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.6 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.7 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.8 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No
xdspport
Use the xdspport command on the PXM to view the port configuration for the specified PXM port.
Use the xdspport command on an FRSM and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.
Use the xdspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor of a port on the current AUSM.
Full Name
Display Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspport <port number>
or
xdspport -port <port number>
(for PXM)
Syntax Description
-port
|
Command delineator that precedes PXM port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
• PXM
– Range = 1-32
• FRSM
– T1 range = 1-192
– E1 range = 1-248
• AUSM range = 1-8
• CESM
– 8T1 range = 1-192
– 8E1 range = 1-248
– T3E3 = enter the value 1
|
Related Commands
FRSM and CESM: addport, xcnfport, cnfport, delport
AUSM: xupport, upport, xdnport, dnport
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Display the port configuration for port 2 on the PXM.
•
Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM.
•
Display port 1 on the current AUSM.
Example 1-432 Display the port configuration for port 2 on the PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspport -port 1
Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
Example 1-433 Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > xdspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap: 0xffffff
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousUpdates: Disable
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff
Syntax : dspport "port_num"
port number—values ranging from 1-192 are accepted
Example 1-434 Display port 1 on the current AUSM
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspport 1
Cell Scramble: No Scramble
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
xdspportcnt
Use the xdspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port on an FRSM or AUSM.
Full Name
Display Port Counters
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
xdspportcnt <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
• FRSM T1 range = 1-192
• FRSM E1 range = 1-248
• AUSM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
cnfcd, dspcds
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•
Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM.
•
Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM.
Example 1-435 Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1
IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0
EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0
SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0
Example 1-436 Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1
--------------- ---------------
Total Frames: 233706 228459
Total Bytes: 6181533 5892272
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 17
XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 791
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
CLLMFailures: 0Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
xdspportq
Use the xdspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.
Full Name
Display a Specified Egress Queue on the Specified Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspportq -pt <port number> -pqn <egress queue number>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-pqn
|
Command delineator that precedes the egress queue number entry.
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.
|
Related Commands
dspportq, dspportqs
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-437 Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspportq -pt 1 -pqn 1
CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450
CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400
EFCIThreshold(cells): 400
MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096
xdspportqs
Use the xdspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.
Full Name
Display All Egress Queues on a Specified Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspportqs <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspportqs, xdspportq, dspportq
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-438 Display egress queue information for all the egress queues on port 1
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspportqs 1
Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh
---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ----------
1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
xdspports
Use the xdspports command to view information on all the ports associated with the current card.
Full Name
Display Ports
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspports
Related Commands
dspport, addport, cnfport, delport, dspport
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: 1-6
Example 1-439 Display the ports on the current FRSM
raviraj.1.3.FRSM.a > xdspports
Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI
-------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ----
3.1.1 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.2 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.3 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.4 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.5 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.6 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.7 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.8 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
xdspred
Use the xdspred command to view the currently configured redundant slot links on the switch.
Full Name
Display Redundancy
Card(s) on Which This Card Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspred
Related Commands
addred, delred, dspred, xcnfred
Attributes
Log: No State: Active Privilege: SuperUser
Example 1-440 Show the status of redundant slot links
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
4 FRSM-2CT Active 10 FRSM-2CT Standby 1:1 0
xdspshelf
Use the xdspshelf command to view shelf information on card and line status.
Full Name
Display Shelf
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspshelf
Related Commands
dspshelf
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco_GP
Example 1-441 Display characteristics of the shelf information on card and line status
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspshelf
StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0
shelfIntegratedAlarm: Clear
xdspsrmlink
Use the xdspsrmlink command to view a link on a specific T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.
Full Name
Display Link
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspsrmlink -srmt3 <T3LineNum> -srmt1 <T1Slot> -srmsl <TargetSlotNum> <T3LineNum>
Syntax Description
-srmt3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3LineNum entry.
|
T3LineNum
|
T3 line number expressed in the form Slot.Line.
• Line range = 1-3
• Slot = enter value of either 15 or 31
|
-srmt1
|
Command delineator that precedes the T1Slot entry.
|
T1Slot
|
T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.
|
-srmsl
|
Command delineator that precedes TargetSlotNum and T3LineNum entry.
|
TargetSlotNum
|
T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the ranges 1-6, or 11-14, or 17-22, or 27-30.
|
T3LineNum
|
T3 line number in the form slot.line.
Slot range = 15, 31
Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
dellink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-442 Display characteristics of the SRM T3 link
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspsrmlink 7.1
T3Line
|
StartT
|
TRowStatus
|
TargetSlot
|
TargetSlotLine
|
1
|
1
|
Add
|
7
|
1
|
1
|
2
|
Add
|
7
|
2
|
1
|
3
|
Add
|
7
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
Add
|
7
|
4
|
xdsptrapmgr
Use the xdsptrapmgr command to view trap information collected by the PXM trap manager. This information contains the IPAddress, port number, trap flag operational status, row status, and the current sequence number of the next trap.
Full Name
Display Trap Manager
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdsptrapmgr
Related Commands
cnftrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any
Example 1-443
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdsptrapmgr
ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum
--------------- ------- ---------- ------------ --------------
172.29.28.41 2500 Add Off 260338
xdspusers
Use the xdspusers command to view the list of currently configured user identifications and associated access levels.
Full Name
Display User(s)
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspusers
or
xdspusers -u <userId>
Syntax Description
-u
|
Command delineator that precedes the userId entry.
|
userId
|
String of up to12 characters that identify a specific user.
|
Related Commands
dspusers
Attributes
Log: No State: Any Privilege: CISCO_GP
Examples
This section contains the following examples.
•
Show all currently configured users.
•
Show the access level for a specified user.
Example 1-444 Show all currently configured users
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspusers
-------------------------
Example 1-445 Show access level for a specified user
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspuser -u superuser
-------------------------
xupport
Use the xupport command to bring up a port on the AUSM.
Full Name
Up Port
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xupport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <PhysLineNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.
|
PortEnable
|
Value that enables or disables the port.
• 1 = disable
• 2 = enable
|
-ptyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.
|
PortType
|
Value that represents either NNI or UNI port type.
• 1 = NNI
• 2 = UNI
|
-ln
|
Command delineator that precedes the PhysLineNum entry.
|
PhysLineNum
|
Physical line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
upport, xdnport, dnport
Attributes
Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: 1
Example 1-446 Bring up port 1 on physical line 1 on the AUSM in slot 22 as an NNI port
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xupport -pt 1 -e 2 -ptyp 1 -ln 1
A system message does not occur unless an error is detected.